Home | History | Annotate | Download | only in Sema
      1 //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
      2 //
      3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
      4 //
      5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
      6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
      7 //
      8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
      9 //
     10 // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
     11 // builds ASTs.
     12 //
     13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
     14 
     15 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
     16 #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
     17 
     18 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
     19 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
     20 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
     21 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
     22 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
     23 #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
     24 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
     25 #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
     26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
     27 #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
     28 #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
     29 #include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
     30 #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
     31 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
     32 #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
     33 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
     34 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
     35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
     36 #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
     37 #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
     38 #include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
     39 #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
     40 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
     41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
     42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
     43 #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
     44 #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
     45 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
     46 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
     47 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
     48 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
     49 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
     50 #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
     51 #include <deque>
     52 #include <memory>
     53 #include <string>
     54 #include <vector>
     55 
     56 namespace llvm {
     57   class APSInt;
     58   template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
     59   template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
     60   class SmallBitVector;
     61   class InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
     62 }
     63 
     64 namespace clang {
     65   class ADLResult;
     66   class ASTConsumer;
     67   class ASTContext;
     68   class ASTMutationListener;
     69   class ASTReader;
     70   class ASTWriter;
     71   class ArrayType;
     72   class AttributeList;
     73   class BlockDecl;
     74   class CapturedDecl;
     75   class CXXBasePath;
     76   class CXXBasePaths;
     77   class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
     78   typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
     79   class CXXConstructorDecl;
     80   class CXXConversionDecl;
     81   class CXXDestructorDecl;
     82   class CXXFieldCollector;
     83   class CXXMemberCallExpr;
     84   class CXXMethodDecl;
     85   class CXXScopeSpec;
     86   class CXXTemporary;
     87   class CXXTryStmt;
     88   class CallExpr;
     89   class ClassTemplateDecl;
     90   class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
     91   class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
     92   class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
     93   class CodeCompleteConsumer;
     94   class CodeCompletionAllocator;
     95   class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
     96   class CodeCompletionResult;
     97   class Decl;
     98   class DeclAccessPair;
     99   class DeclContext;
    100   class DeclRefExpr;
    101   class DeclaratorDecl;
    102   class DeducedTemplateArgument;
    103   class DependentDiagnostic;
    104   class DesignatedInitExpr;
    105   class Designation;
    106   class EnableIfAttr;
    107   class EnumConstantDecl;
    108   class Expr;
    109   class ExtVectorType;
    110   class ExternalSemaSource;
    111   class FormatAttr;
    112   class FriendDecl;
    113   class FunctionDecl;
    114   class FunctionProtoType;
    115   class FunctionTemplateDecl;
    116   class ImplicitConversionSequence;
    117   class InitListExpr;
    118   class InitializationKind;
    119   class InitializationSequence;
    120   class InitializedEntity;
    121   class IntegerLiteral;
    122   class LabelStmt;
    123   class LambdaExpr;
    124   class LangOptions;
    125   class LocalInstantiationScope;
    126   class LookupResult;
    127   class MacroInfo;
    128   typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath;
    129   class ModuleLoader;
    130   class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
    131   class NamedDecl;
    132   class NonNullAttr;
    133   class ObjCCategoryDecl;
    134   class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
    135   class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
    136   class ObjCContainerDecl;
    137   class ObjCImplDecl;
    138   class ObjCImplementationDecl;
    139   class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
    140   class ObjCIvarDecl;
    141   template <class T> class ObjCList;
    142   class ObjCMessageExpr;
    143   class ObjCMethodDecl;
    144   class ObjCPropertyDecl;
    145   class ObjCProtocolDecl;
    146   class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
    147   class OMPClause;
    148   class OverloadCandidateSet;
    149   class OverloadExpr;
    150   class ParenListExpr;
    151   class ParmVarDecl;
    152   class Preprocessor;
    153   class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
    154   class PseudoObjectExpr;
    155   class QualType;
    156   class StandardConversionSequence;
    157   class Stmt;
    158   class StringLiteral;
    159   class SwitchStmt;
    160   class TemplateArgument;
    161   class TemplateArgumentList;
    162   class TemplateArgumentLoc;
    163   class TemplateDecl;
    164   class TemplateParameterList;
    165   class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
    166   class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
    167   class Token;
    168   class TypeAliasDecl;
    169   class TypedefDecl;
    170   class TypedefNameDecl;
    171   class TypeLoc;
    172   class UnqualifiedId;
    173   class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
    174   class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
    175   class UnresolvedSetImpl;
    176   class UnresolvedSetIterator;
    177   class UsingDecl;
    178   class UsingShadowDecl;
    179   class ValueDecl;
    180   class VarDecl;
    181   class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
    182   class VisibilityAttr;
    183   class VisibleDeclConsumer;
    184   class IndirectFieldDecl;
    185   struct DeductionFailureInfo;
    186   class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
    187 
    188 namespace sema {
    189   class AccessedEntity;
    190   class BlockScopeInfo;
    191   class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
    192   class CapturingScopeInfo;
    193   class CompoundScopeInfo;
    194   class DelayedDiagnostic;
    195   class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
    196   class FunctionScopeInfo;
    197   class LambdaScopeInfo;
    198   class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
    199   class TemplateDeductionInfo;
    200 }
    201 
    202 // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
    203 // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
    204 typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
    205                   SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
    206 
    207 /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
    208 class Sema {
    209   Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
    210   void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
    211 
    212   ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
    213   ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
    214 
    215   ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
    216   bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
    217 
    218   static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
    219 
    220   static bool
    221   shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) {
    222     // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
    223     // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
    224     // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
    225     // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
    226     // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
    227     // with internal linkage.
    228     return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible();
    229   }
    230 
    231 public:
    232   typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
    233   typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
    234   typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
    235 
    236   OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
    237   FPOptions FPFeatures;
    238 
    239   const LangOptions &LangOpts;
    240   Preprocessor &PP;
    241   ASTContext &Context;
    242   ASTConsumer &Consumer;
    243   DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
    244   SourceManager &SourceMgr;
    245 
    246   /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
    247   bool CollectStats;
    248 
    249   /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
    250   CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
    251 
    252   /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
    253   DeclContext *CurContext;
    254 
    255   /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
    256   /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
    257   DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
    258 
    259   /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
    260   /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
    261   DeclarationName VAListTagName;
    262 
    263   /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
    264   /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
    265   void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
    266 
    267   bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
    268 
    269   /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
    270   LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
    271       MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
    272 
    273   enum PragmaVtorDispKind {
    274     PVDK_Push,          ///< #pragma vtordisp(push, mode)
    275     PVDK_Set,           ///< #pragma vtordisp(mode)
    276     PVDK_Pop,           ///< #pragma vtordisp(pop)
    277     PVDK_Reset          ///< #pragma vtordisp()
    278   };
    279 
    280   enum PragmaMsStackAction {
    281     PSK_Reset,    // #pragma ()
    282     PSK_Set,      // #pragma ("name")
    283     PSK_Push,     // #pragma (push[, id])
    284     PSK_Push_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], "name")
    285     PSK_Pop,      // #pragma (pop[, id])
    286     PSK_Pop_Set,  // #pragma (pop[, id], "name")
    287   };
    288 
    289   /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
    290   /// C++ ABI.  Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
    291   ///
    292   /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
    293   /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
    294   ///    structors
    295   /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
    296   ///    objects
    297   ///
    298   /// The stack always has at least one element in it.
    299   SmallVector<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode, 2> VtorDispModeStack;
    300 
    301   /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
    302   SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
    303 
    304   template<typename ValueType>
    305   struct PragmaStack {
    306     struct Slot {
    307       llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
    308       ValueType Value;
    309       SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
    310       Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
    311            ValueType Value,
    312            SourceLocation PragmaLocation)
    313         : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
    314           PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation) {}
    315     };
    316     void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
    317              PragmaMsStackAction Action,
    318              llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
    319              ValueType Value);
    320     explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Value)
    321       : CurrentValue(Value) {}
    322     SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
    323     ValueType CurrentValue;
    324     SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
    325   };
    326   // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
    327   // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
    328   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
    329   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
    330   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
    331   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
    332 
    333   /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
    334   void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
    335 
    336   /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
    337   /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
    338   /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
    339   SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
    340 
    341   /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
    342   ///
    343   /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
    344   /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
    345   bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
    346 
    347   /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
    348   /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
    349   bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
    350 
    351   /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
    352   /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
    353   /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
    354   SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
    355 
    356   /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs
    357   ///  that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not
    358   ///  be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue
    359   ///  and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions
    360   ///  of the enclosing full expression.  This is cleared at the end of each
    361   ///  full expression.
    362   llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
    363 
    364   /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
    365   /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
    366   ///
    367   /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
    368   /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
    369   /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
    370   SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
    371 
    372   typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
    373                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
    374     ExtVectorDeclsType;
    375 
    376   /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
    377   /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
    378   /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
    379   ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
    380 
    381   /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
    382   std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
    383 
    384   typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
    385 
    386   /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
    387   NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
    388 
    389   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
    390 
    391   /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
    392   /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
    393   /// same list more than once.
    394   std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
    395 
    396   /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
    397   /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
    398   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
    399 
    400   /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
    401   /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name.
    402   ///
    403   /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
    404   /// scopes, e.g.,
    405   ///
    406   /// \code
    407   /// extern "C" void f() {
    408   ///   void foo(int, int);
    409   /// }
    410   /// \endcode
    411   ///
    412   /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of
    413   /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
    414   /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
    415   ///
    416   ///   - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with
    417   ///     the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration,
    418   ///     so that the types of this external declaration can be checked
    419   ///     for compatibility.
    420   ///
    421   ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
    422   ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
    423   ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
    424   ///     not visible.
    425   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls;
    426 
    427   /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
    428   NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
    429 
    430   typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
    431                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
    432     TentativeDefinitionsType;
    433 
    434   /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
    435   TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
    436 
    437   typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
    438                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
    439     UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
    440 
    441   /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
    442   /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
    443   UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
    444 
    445   typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
    446                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
    447     DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
    448 
    449   /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
    450   /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
    451   DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
    452 
    453   /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
    454   /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
    455   /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
    456   SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
    457                               const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
    458       DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
    459 
    460   /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
    461   /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
    462   /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
    463   /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
    464   /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
    465   /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
    466   /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
    467   SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
    468     DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
    469 
    470   typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *>
    471   LateParsedTemplateMapT;
    472   LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
    473 
    474   /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
    475   typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
    476   LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
    477   void *OpaqueParser;
    478 
    479   void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
    480     LateTemplateParser = LTP;
    481     OpaqueParser = P;
    482   }
    483 
    484   class DelayedDiagnostics;
    485 
    486   class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
    487     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
    488     friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
    489   };
    490   typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
    491   typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
    492 
    493   /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
    494   /// during parsing and other processing.
    495   class DelayedDiagnostics {
    496     /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
    497     /// diagnostics should go.
    498     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
    499 
    500   public:
    501     DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {}
    502 
    503     /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
    504     void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
    505 
    506     /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
    507     bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
    508 
    509     /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
    510     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
    511       return CurPool;
    512     }
    513 
    514     /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
    515     /// collected in this pool.
    516     DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
    517       DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
    518       state.SavedPool = CurPool;
    519       CurPool = &pool;
    520       return state;
    521     }
    522 
    523     /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
    524     /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
    525     /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
    526     void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
    527       CurPool = state.SavedPool;
    528     }
    529 
    530     /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
    531     /// not delayed.
    532     DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
    533       DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
    534       state.SavedPool = CurPool;
    535       CurPool = nullptr;
    536       return state;
    537     }
    538 
    539     /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
    540     void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
    541       assert(CurPool == nullptr);
    542       CurPool = state.SavedPool;
    543     }
    544   } DelayedDiagnostics;
    545 
    546   /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
    547   class ContextRAII {
    548   private:
    549     Sema &S;
    550     DeclContext *SavedContext;
    551     ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
    552     QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
    553 
    554   public:
    555     ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
    556       : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
    557         SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
    558         SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
    559     {
    560       assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
    561       S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
    562       if (NewThisContext)
    563         S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
    564     }
    565 
    566     void pop() {
    567       if (!SavedContext) return;
    568       S.CurContext = SavedContext;
    569       S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
    570       S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
    571       SavedContext = nullptr;
    572     }
    573 
    574     ~ContextRAII() {
    575       pop();
    576     }
    577   };
    578 
    579   /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
    580   /// a function body.
    581   class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
    582     Sema &S;
    583     Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
    584 
    585   public:
    586     SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
    587       : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
    588     {
    589       S.PushFunctionScope();
    590       S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
    591     }
    592 
    593     ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
    594       S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
    595       S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
    596     }
    597   };
    598 
    599   /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
    600   /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
    601   /// identifier, declared or undeclared
    602   llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
    603 
    604   /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
    605   /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
    606   /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
    607   /// in the currently selected standard.
    608   llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
    609 
    610 
    611   /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
    612   void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
    613 
    614   /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
    615   /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
    616   /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
    617   /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
    618   /// It would be best to refactor this.
    619   SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
    620 
    621   IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
    622 
    623   /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
    624   /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
    625   /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
    626   Scope *TUScope;
    627 
    628   /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
    629   LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
    630 
    631   /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
    632   /// standard library.
    633   LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
    634 
    635   /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
    636   /// \<initializer_list>.
    637   ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
    638 
    639   /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
    640   RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
    641 
    642   /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
    643   RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
    644 
    645   /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
    646   std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
    647 
    648   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
    649   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
    650 
    651   /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
    652   QualType NSNumberPointer;
    653 
    654   /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
    655   ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
    656 
    657   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
    658   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
    659 
    660   /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
    661   QualType NSStringPointer;
    662 
    663   /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
    664   ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
    665 
    666   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
    667   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
    668 
    669   /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
    670   ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
    671 
    672   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
    673   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
    674 
    675   /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
    676   ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
    677 
    678   /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
    679   QualType QIDNSCopying;
    680 
    681   /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
    682   Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
    683 
    684   /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
    685   /// have been declared.
    686   bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
    687 
    688   /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
    689   /// references to fields.  This is really a
    690   bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
    691 
    692   /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
    693   /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
    694   enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
    695     /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
    696     /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
    697     /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
    698     /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
    699     /// run time.
    700     Unevaluated,
    701 
    702     /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
    703     /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
    704     /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
    705     UnevaluatedAbstract,
    706 
    707     /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
    708     /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
    709     /// cases in a switch statement).
    710     ConstantEvaluated,
    711 
    712     /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
    713     /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
    714     /// expression at run time.
    715     PotentiallyEvaluated,
    716 
    717     /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
    718     /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
    719     /// in fact the current expression is used.
    720     ///
    721     /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
    722     /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
    723     /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
    724     /// until the default argument is used.
    725     PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
    726   };
    727 
    728   /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
    729   /// expression evaluation contexts.
    730   struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
    731     /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
    732     ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
    733 
    734     /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
    735     bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
    736 
    737     /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
    738     bool IsDecltype;
    739 
    740     /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
    741     /// this expression evaluation context.
    742     unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
    743 
    744     llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
    745 
    746     /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
    747     /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
    748     SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
    749 
    750     /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
    751     /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
    752     /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
    753     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
    754 
    755     /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
    756     /// and block literals within this context.
    757     ///
    758     /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
    759     /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
    760     IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
    761 
    762     /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
    763     /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
    764     SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
    765 
    766     /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
    767     /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
    768     SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
    769 
    770     ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
    771                                       unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
    772                                       bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
    773                                       Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
    774                                       bool IsDecltype)
    775       : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
    776         IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
    777         ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
    778 
    779     /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
    780     /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
    781     MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
    782 
    783     bool isUnevaluated() const {
    784       return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
    785     }
    786   };
    787 
    788   /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
    789   SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
    790 
    791   /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
    792   /// block literal.
    793   ///
    794   /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
    795   /// block literal.
    796   /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
    797   /// associated with the context, if relevant.
    798   MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
    799     const DeclContext *DC,
    800     Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
    801 
    802 
    803   /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
    804   /// function.
    805   ///
    806   /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
    807   /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
    808   class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
    809   public:
    810     enum Kind {
    811       NoMemberOrDeleted,
    812       Ambiguous,
    813       Success
    814     };
    815 
    816   private:
    817     llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
    818 
    819   public:
    820     SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
    821       : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
    822     {}
    823 
    824     CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
    825     void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
    826 
    827     Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
    828     void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
    829   };
    830 
    831   /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
    832   /// for C++ records.
    833   llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
    834 
    835   /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
    836   ///
    837   /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
    838   /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
    839   /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
    840   /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
    841   /// checks.
    842   TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
    843 
    844   llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
    845 
    846   /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
    847   unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
    848 
    849   typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
    850     UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
    851 
    852   /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
    853   /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
    854   ///
    855   /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
    856   /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
    857   /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
    858   /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
    859   UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
    860 
    861   // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
    862   // argument locations.
    863   llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
    864 
    865   /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
    866   /// definition in this translation unit.
    867   llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
    868 
    869   /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
    870   void getUndefinedButUsed(
    871       SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
    872 
    873   typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
    874   typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
    875 
    876   /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
    877   /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
    878   /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
    879   /// of selectors are "overloaded").
    880   /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
    881   /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
    882   GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
    883 
    884   /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
    885   /// of -Wselector.
    886   llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
    887 
    888   /// Kinds of C++ special members.
    889   enum CXXSpecialMember {
    890     CXXDefaultConstructor,
    891     CXXCopyConstructor,
    892     CXXMoveConstructor,
    893     CXXCopyAssignment,
    894     CXXMoveAssignment,
    895     CXXDestructor,
    896     CXXInvalid
    897   };
    898 
    899   typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
    900 
    901   /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
    902   /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
    903   /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
    904   llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
    905 
    906   void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
    907 
    908   /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
    909   bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
    910   bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
    911 
    912   /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
    913   /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
    914   /// should not be used elsewhere.
    915   void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
    916 
    917   /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
    918   /// statements.
    919   class FPContractStateRAII {
    920   public:
    921     FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
    922       : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
    923     ~FPContractStateRAII() {
    924       S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
    925     }
    926   private:
    927     Sema& S;
    928     bool OldFPContractState : 1;
    929   };
    930 
    931   void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
    932 
    933 public:
    934   Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
    935        TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
    936        CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
    937   ~Sema();
    938 
    939   /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
    940   /// initialized but before it parses anything.
    941   void Initialize();
    942 
    943   const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
    944   OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
    945   FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
    946 
    947   DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
    948   SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
    949   Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
    950   ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
    951   ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
    952   ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
    953   ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
    954 
    955   ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
    956   /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
    957   ///
    958   ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
    959   ///
    960   void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
    961 
    962   void PrintStats() const;
    963 
    964   /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
    965   /// template instantiation stacks.
    966   ///
    967   /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
    968   /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
    969   /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
    970   /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
    971   /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
    972   /// well.
    973   class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
    974     Sema &SemaRef;
    975     unsigned DiagID;
    976 
    977   public:
    978     SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
    979       : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
    980 
    981     ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
    982       // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
    983       if (!isActive()) return;
    984 
    985       // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
    986       // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
    987       // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
    988       //
    989       // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
    990       // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
    991       // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
    992       // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
    993       // eliminate that code.
    994       FlushCounts();
    995       Clear();
    996 
    997       // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
    998       SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
    999     }
   1000 
   1001     /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
   1002     template<typename T>
   1003     friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
   1004         const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
   1005       const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
   1006       BaseDiag << Value;
   1007       return Diag;
   1008     }
   1009   };
   1010 
   1011   /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
   1012   SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
   1013     DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
   1014     return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
   1015   }
   1016 
   1017   /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
   1018   SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
   1019 
   1020   /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
   1021   PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
   1022 
   1023   bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
   1024 
   1025   /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
   1026   std::string
   1027   getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
   1028   std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
   1029 
   1030   /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
   1031   SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
   1032 
   1033   /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
   1034   ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
   1035 
   1036   void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
   1037 
   1038   void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
   1039 
   1040   Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
   1041 
   1042   void PushFunctionScope();
   1043   void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
   1044   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
   1045 
   1046   /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
   1047   /// is during Parsing.  Currently it is used to pass on the depth
   1048   /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
   1049   void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
   1050 
   1051   void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
   1052                                RecordDecl *RD,
   1053                                CapturedRegionKind K);
   1054   void
   1055   PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
   1056                        const Decl *D = nullptr,
   1057                        const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr);
   1058 
   1059   sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
   1060     return FunctionScopes.back();
   1061   }
   1062 
   1063   sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const {
   1064     if (FunctionScopes.empty())
   1065       return nullptr;
   1066 
   1067     for (int e = FunctionScopes.size()-1; e >= 0; --e) {
   1068       if (isa<sema::BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[e]))
   1069         continue;
   1070       return FunctionScopes[e];
   1071     }
   1072     return nullptr;
   1073   }
   1074 
   1075   template <typename ExprT>
   1076   void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
   1077     if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
   1078       getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
   1079   }
   1080 
   1081   void PushCompoundScope();
   1082   void PopCompoundScope();
   1083 
   1084   sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
   1085 
   1086   bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
   1087 
   1088   /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
   1089   sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
   1090 
   1091   /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
   1092   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
   1093 
   1094   /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
   1095   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
   1096 
   1097   /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
   1098   sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
   1099 
   1100   /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
   1101   SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
   1102 
   1103   void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
   1104 
   1105   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   1106   // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
   1107   //
   1108 
   1109   QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
   1110                               const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
   1111   QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
   1112                               const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
   1113   QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
   1114                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
   1115   QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
   1116                               SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
   1117   QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
   1118                           Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
   1119                           SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
   1120   QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
   1121                               SourceLocation AttrLoc);
   1122 
   1123   bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
   1124 
   1125   /// \brief Build a function type.
   1126   ///
   1127   /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
   1128   /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
   1129   /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
   1130   /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
   1131   /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
   1132   ///
   1133   /// \param T The return type of the function.
   1134   ///
   1135   /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
   1136   /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
   1137   /// function parameters.
   1138   ///
   1139   /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
   1140   /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
   1141   /// type that will have function type.
   1142   ///
   1143   /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
   1144   /// type, if known.
   1145   ///
   1146   /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
   1147   /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
   1148   ///
   1149   /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
   1150   /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
   1151   /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
   1152   QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
   1153                              MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
   1154                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
   1155                              const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
   1156 
   1157   QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
   1158                                   SourceLocation Loc,
   1159                                   DeclarationName Entity);
   1160   QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
   1161                                  SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
   1162   QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
   1163   QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
   1164 
   1165   TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
   1166   TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
   1167   TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
   1168                                                TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
   1169 
   1170   /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
   1171   ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
   1172   DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
   1173   DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
   1174   static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
   1175                                     TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
   1176   CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
   1177   const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
   1178                                                 const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
   1179   void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
   1180                            const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
   1181   bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
   1182   bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
   1183   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
   1184   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
   1185       const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
   1186       const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
   1187   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
   1188       const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
   1189       const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
   1190       const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
   1191       bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
   1192       bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
   1193       bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
   1194       bool IsOperatorNew = false);
   1195   bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
   1196       const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
   1197       const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
   1198       const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
   1199   bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
   1200       const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
   1201       const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
   1202 
   1203   TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   1204 
   1205   /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
   1206   /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
   1207   ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
   1208 
   1209   /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
   1210   struct TypeDiagnoser {
   1211     bool Suppressed;
   1212 
   1213     TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
   1214 
   1215     virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
   1216     virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
   1217   };
   1218 
   1219   static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
   1220   static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
   1221   static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
   1222   static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
   1223   static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
   1224   static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
   1225   static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
   1226     return II;
   1227   }
   1228   static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
   1229   static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
   1230   static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
   1231   static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
   1232   static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
   1233   static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
   1234 
   1235   template<typename T1>
   1236   class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
   1237     unsigned DiagID;
   1238     const T1 &Arg1;
   1239 
   1240   public:
   1241     BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
   1242       : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
   1243     void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
   1244       if (Suppressed) return;
   1245       S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
   1246     }
   1247 
   1248     virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
   1249   };
   1250 
   1251   template<typename T1, typename T2>
   1252   class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
   1253     unsigned DiagID;
   1254     const T1 &Arg1;
   1255     const T2 &Arg2;
   1256 
   1257   public:
   1258     BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
   1259                                   const T2 &Arg2)
   1260       : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
   1261         Arg2(Arg2) { }
   1262 
   1263     void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
   1264       if (Suppressed) return;
   1265       S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
   1266     }
   1267 
   1268     virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
   1269   };
   1270 
   1271   template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
   1272   class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
   1273     unsigned DiagID;
   1274     const T1 &Arg1;
   1275     const T2 &Arg2;
   1276     const T3 &Arg3;
   1277 
   1278   public:
   1279     BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
   1280                                   const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
   1281     : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
   1282       Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
   1283 
   1284     void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
   1285       if (Suppressed) return;
   1286       S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
   1287         << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
   1288     }
   1289 
   1290     virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
   1291   };
   1292 
   1293 private:
   1294   bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1295                            TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
   1296 public:
   1297   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1298                            TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
   1299   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1300                            unsigned DiagID);
   1301 
   1302   template<typename T1>
   1303   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1304                            unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
   1305     BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
   1306     return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   1307   }
   1308 
   1309   template<typename T1, typename T2>
   1310   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1311                            unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
   1312     BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
   1313     return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   1314   }
   1315 
   1316   template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
   1317   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1318                            unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
   1319                            const T3 &Arg3) {
   1320     BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
   1321                                                         Arg3);
   1322     return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   1323   }
   1324 
   1325   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
   1326   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
   1327 
   1328   template<typename T1>
   1329   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
   1330     BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
   1331     return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
   1332   }
   1333 
   1334   template<typename T1, typename T2>
   1335   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
   1336                                const T2 &Arg2) {
   1337     BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
   1338     return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
   1339   }
   1340 
   1341   template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
   1342   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
   1343                                const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
   1344     BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
   1345                                                         Arg3);
   1346     return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
   1347   }
   1348 
   1349   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1350                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
   1351   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
   1352 
   1353   template<typename T1>
   1354   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1355                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
   1356     BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
   1357     return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   1358   }
   1359 
   1360   template<typename T1, typename T2>
   1361   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1362                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
   1363     BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
   1364     return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   1365   }
   1366 
   1367   template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
   1368   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1369                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
   1370                           const T3 &Arg3) {
   1371     BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
   1372                                                         Arg3);
   1373     return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   1374   }
   1375 
   1376   QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
   1377                              const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
   1378 
   1379   QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
   1380   QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
   1381   QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
   1382                                    UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
   1383                                    SourceLocation Loc);
   1384 
   1385   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   1386   // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
   1387   //
   1388 
   1389   /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
   1390   /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
   1391   /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
   1392   /// them into the FunctionDecl.
   1393   std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
   1394 
   1395   DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
   1396 
   1397   void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
   1398 
   1399   bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
   1400 
   1401   ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
   1402                          Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
   1403                          bool isClassName = false,
   1404                          bool HasTrailingDot = false,
   1405                          ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
   1406                          bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
   1407                          bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
   1408                          IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
   1409   TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
   1410   bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
   1411   void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
   1412                                SourceLocation IILoc,
   1413                                Scope *S,
   1414                                CXXScopeSpec *SS,
   1415                                ParsedType &SuggestedType,
   1416                                bool AllowClassTemplates = false);
   1417 
   1418   /// \brief For compatibility with MSVC, we delay parsing of some default
   1419   /// template type arguments until instantiation time.  Emits a warning and
   1420   /// returns a synthesized DependentNameType that isn't really dependent on any
   1421   /// other template arguments.
   1422   ParsedType ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
   1423                                             SourceLocation NameLoc);
   1424 
   1425   /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
   1426   /// by \c ClassifyName().
   1427   enum NameClassificationKind {
   1428     NC_Unknown,
   1429     NC_Error,
   1430     NC_Keyword,
   1431     NC_Type,
   1432     NC_Expression,
   1433     NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
   1434     NC_TypeTemplate,
   1435     NC_VarTemplate,
   1436     NC_FunctionTemplate
   1437   };
   1438 
   1439   class NameClassification {
   1440     NameClassificationKind Kind;
   1441     ExprResult Expr;
   1442     TemplateName Template;
   1443     ParsedType Type;
   1444     const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
   1445 
   1446     explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
   1447 
   1448   public:
   1449     NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
   1450 
   1451     NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
   1452 
   1453     NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
   1454       : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
   1455 
   1456     static NameClassification Error() {
   1457       return NameClassification(NC_Error);
   1458     }
   1459 
   1460     static NameClassification Unknown() {
   1461       return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
   1462     }
   1463 
   1464     static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
   1465       return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
   1466     }
   1467 
   1468     static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
   1469       NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
   1470       Result.Template = Name;
   1471       return Result;
   1472     }
   1473 
   1474     static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
   1475       NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
   1476       Result.Template = Name;
   1477       return Result;
   1478     }
   1479 
   1480     static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
   1481       NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
   1482       Result.Template = Name;
   1483       return Result;
   1484     }
   1485 
   1486     NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
   1487 
   1488     ParsedType getType() const {
   1489       assert(Kind == NC_Type);
   1490       return Type;
   1491     }
   1492 
   1493     ExprResult getExpression() const {
   1494       assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
   1495       return Expr;
   1496     }
   1497 
   1498     TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
   1499       assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
   1500              Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
   1501       return Template;
   1502     }
   1503 
   1504     TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
   1505       switch (Kind) {
   1506       case NC_TypeTemplate:
   1507         return TNK_Type_template;
   1508       case NC_FunctionTemplate:
   1509         return TNK_Function_template;
   1510       case NC_VarTemplate:
   1511         return TNK_Var_template;
   1512       default:
   1513         llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
   1514       }
   1515     }
   1516   };
   1517 
   1518   /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
   1519   /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
   1520   ///
   1521   /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
   1522   /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
   1523   /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
   1524   ///
   1525   /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
   1526   ///
   1527   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
   1528   ///
   1529   /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
   1530   /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
   1531   ///
   1532   /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
   1533   ///
   1534   /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
   1535   /// disambiguate the name.
   1536   ///
   1537   /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
   1538   ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
   1539   ///        expression.
   1540   ///
   1541   /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
   1542   NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
   1543                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   1544                                   IdentifierInfo *&Name,
   1545                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
   1546                                   const Token &NextToken,
   1547                                   bool IsAddressOfOperand,
   1548                                   CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr);
   1549 
   1550   Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   1551 
   1552   NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
   1553                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
   1554   void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
   1555   bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
   1556   bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
   1557                                     DeclarationName Name,
   1558                                     SourceLocation Loc);
   1559   void
   1560   diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
   1561                             SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
   1562                             SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
   1563                             SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
   1564                             SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
   1565                             SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation());
   1566 
   1567   static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
   1568   void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
   1569   void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
   1570   void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
   1571   void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
   1572   void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
   1573   NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
   1574                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   1575                                     LookupResult &Previous);
   1576   NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
   1577                                   LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
   1578   NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
   1579                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   1580                                      LookupResult &Previous,
   1581                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
   1582                                      bool &AddToScope);
   1583   // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
   1584   bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
   1585   void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
   1586   void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
   1587   void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
   1588 
   1589   NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
   1590                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   1591                                      LookupResult &Previous,
   1592                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
   1593                                      bool &AddToScope);
   1594   bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   1595 
   1596   bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
   1597   bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
   1598 
   1599   void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   1600   void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
   1601                           SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
   1602   void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
   1603                           SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
   1604   // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
   1605   bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
   1606                                 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
   1607                                 bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
   1608   void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
   1609   void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
   1610   Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   1611   ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
   1612                                           SourceLocation Loc,
   1613                                           QualType T);
   1614   ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   1615                               SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
   1616                               QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
   1617                               StorageClass SC);
   1618   void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
   1619                                  SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   1620                                  Expr *defarg);
   1621   void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
   1622                                          SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   1623                                          SourceLocation ArgLoc);
   1624   void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
   1625   bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
   1626                                SourceLocation EqualLoc);
   1627 
   1628   void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
   1629                             bool TypeMayContainAuto);
   1630   void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
   1631   void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
   1632   void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
   1633   StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
   1634                                         IdentifierInfo *Ident,
   1635                                         ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
   1636                                         SourceLocation AttrEnd);
   1637   void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
   1638   void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
   1639   void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
   1640   DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
   1641                                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
   1642   DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
   1643                                       bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
   1644 
   1645   /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
   1646   /// documentation comments.
   1647   void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
   1648   void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
   1649 
   1650   void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
   1651                                        SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
   1652   void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
   1653                                     const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition =
   1654                                         nullptr);
   1655   Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   1656   Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
   1657   void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
   1658   bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
   1659     return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
   1660   }
   1661 
   1662   /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
   1663   /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
   1664   /// code for that function.
   1665   ///
   1666   /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
   1667   /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
   1668   /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
   1669   /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
   1670   bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
   1671 
   1672   /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
   1673   /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
   1674   /// code for that function.
   1675   ///
   1676   /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
   1677   /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
   1678   /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
   1679   bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
   1680 
   1681   void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
   1682   Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
   1683   Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
   1684   Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
   1685   void ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D);
   1686 
   1687   /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
   1688   /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
   1689   void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
   1690 
   1691   /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
   1692   /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
   1693   void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
   1694                                 ParmVarDecl * const *End);
   1695 
   1696   /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
   1697   /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
   1698   /// specified threshold.
   1699   void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
   1700                                               ParmVarDecl * const *End,
   1701                                               QualType ReturnTy,
   1702                                               NamedDecl *D);
   1703 
   1704   void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
   1705   Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
   1706                               SourceLocation AsmLoc,
   1707                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   1708 
   1709   /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
   1710   Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
   1711                               AttributeList *AttrList,
   1712                               SourceLocation SemiLoc);
   1713 
   1714   /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
   1715   ///
   1716   /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
   1717   ///
   1718   /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
   1719   ///
   1720   /// \param Path The module access path.
   1721   DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
   1722                                ModuleIdPath Path);
   1723 
   1724   /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a
   1725   /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
   1726   void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
   1727 
   1728   /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
   1729   /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
   1730   ///
   1731   /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
   1732   /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
   1733   /// has forgotten to import.
   1734   void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
   1735                                                   Module *Mod);
   1736 
   1737   /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
   1738   PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
   1739     return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
   1740   }
   1741 
   1742   /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
   1743   static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
   1744                                           const Preprocessor &PP);
   1745 
   1746   /// Scope actions.
   1747   void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
   1748   void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
   1749 
   1750   Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
   1751                                    DeclSpec &DS);
   1752   Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
   1753                                    DeclSpec &DS,
   1754                                    MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
   1755                                    bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
   1756 
   1757   Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
   1758                                     AccessSpecifier AS,
   1759                                     RecordDecl *Record,
   1760                                     const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
   1761 
   1762   Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
   1763                                        RecordDecl *Record);
   1764 
   1765   bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
   1766                                     TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
   1767                                     SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
   1768                                     const IdentifierInfo &Name);
   1769 
   1770   enum TagUseKind {
   1771     TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
   1772     TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
   1773     TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
   1774     TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
   1775   };
   1776 
   1777   Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
   1778                  SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   1779                  IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
   1780                  AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
   1781                  SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
   1782                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
   1783                  bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
   1784                  SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
   1785                  bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
   1786                  bool IsTypeSpecifier);
   1787 
   1788   Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
   1789                                 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
   1790                                 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   1791                                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
   1792                                 AttributeList *Attr,
   1793                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
   1794 
   1795   TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
   1796                                unsigned TagSpec,
   1797                                TagUseKind TUK,
   1798                                const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   1799                                IdentifierInfo *Name,
   1800                                SourceLocation TagLoc,
   1801                                SourceLocation NameLoc);
   1802 
   1803   void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
   1804                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   1805                  SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
   1806   Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
   1807                    Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
   1808 
   1809   FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
   1810                          Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
   1811                          InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
   1812                          AccessSpecifier AS);
   1813   MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
   1814                                    SourceLocation DeclStart,
   1815                                    Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
   1816                                    InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
   1817                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
   1818                                    AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
   1819 
   1820   FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
   1821                             TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   1822                             RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
   1823                             bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
   1824                             InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
   1825                             SourceLocation TSSL,
   1826                             AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
   1827                             Declarator *D = nullptr);
   1828 
   1829   bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
   1830   void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
   1831   bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
   1832                               bool Diagnose = false);
   1833   CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   1834   void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
   1835                          SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
   1836   Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
   1837                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
   1838                   tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
   1839 
   1840   // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
   1841   void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
   1842                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
   1843                    SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
   1844                    AttributeList *AttrList);
   1845 
   1846   /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
   1847   /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
   1848   /// struct, or union).
   1849   void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
   1850 
   1851   Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
   1852 
   1853   /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
   1854   /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
   1855   /// member declarations.
   1856   void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
   1857                                        SourceLocation FinalLoc,
   1858                                        bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
   1859                                        SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
   1860 
   1861   /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
   1862   /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
   1863   void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
   1864                                 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
   1865 
   1866   void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
   1867 
   1868   /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
   1869   /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
   1870   ///
   1871   /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
   1872   void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
   1873   void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
   1874 
   1875   /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
   1876   /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
   1877   void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
   1878 
   1879   EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
   1880                                       EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
   1881                                       SourceLocation IdLoc,
   1882                                       IdentifierInfo *Id,
   1883                                       Expr *val);
   1884   bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
   1885   bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
   1886                               QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
   1887 
   1888   Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
   1889                           SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
   1890                           AttributeList *Attrs,
   1891                           SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
   1892   void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
   1893                      SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
   1894                      ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
   1895                      Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
   1896 
   1897   DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
   1898 
   1899   /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
   1900   void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
   1901   void PopDeclContext();
   1902 
   1903   /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
   1904   /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
   1905   void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
   1906   void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
   1907 
   1908   /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
   1909   void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
   1910   void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
   1911 
   1912   DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
   1913 
   1914   /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
   1915   /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
   1916   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
   1917   FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
   1918 
   1919   /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
   1920   /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
   1921   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
   1922   ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
   1923 
   1924   /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
   1925   /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
   1926   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
   1927   NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
   1928 
   1929   /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
   1930   void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
   1931 
   1932   /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
   1933   /// top level scope.
   1934   ///
   1935   /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
   1936   ///
   1937   /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
   1938   void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
   1939 
   1940   /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
   1941   /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
   1942   /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
   1943   ///
   1944   /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
   1945   ///        enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
   1946   ///        directly within it.
   1947   bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
   1948                      bool AllowInlineNamespace = false);
   1949 
   1950   /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
   1951   /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
   1952   static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
   1953 
   1954   /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
   1955   TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
   1956                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
   1957   bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
   1958 
   1959   /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
   1960   AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
   1961                                           IdentifierInfo *Platform,
   1962                                           VersionTuple Introduced,
   1963                                           VersionTuple Deprecated,
   1964                                           VersionTuple Obsoleted,
   1965                                           bool IsUnavailable,
   1966                                           StringRef Message,
   1967                                           bool Override,
   1968                                           unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
   1969   TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
   1970                                        TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
   1971                                               unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
   1972   VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
   1973                                       VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
   1974                                       unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
   1975   DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
   1976                                     unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
   1977   DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
   1978                                     unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
   1979   MSInheritanceAttr *
   1980   mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
   1981                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex,
   1982                          MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
   1983   FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
   1984                               IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
   1985                               int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
   1986   SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
   1987                                 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
   1988 
   1989   /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
   1990   /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
   1991   enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
   1992     /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
   1993     AMK_None,
   1994     /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
   1995     /// an exact match.
   1996     AMK_Redeclaration,
   1997     /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
   1998     /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
   1999     AMK_Override
   2000   };
   2001 
   2002   void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
   2003                            AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
   2004   void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
   2005   bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
   2006                          bool MergeTypeWithOld);
   2007   bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
   2008                                     Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
   2009   void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
   2010   void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
   2011   void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
   2012   void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
   2013   bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
   2014 
   2015   // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
   2016   // to represent what is actually causing the operation
   2017   enum AssignmentAction {
   2018     AA_Assigning,
   2019     AA_Passing,
   2020     AA_Returning,
   2021     AA_Converting,
   2022     AA_Initializing,
   2023     AA_Sending,
   2024     AA_Casting,
   2025     AA_Passing_CFAudited
   2026   };
   2027 
   2028   /// C++ Overloading.
   2029   enum OverloadKind {
   2030     /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
   2031     /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
   2032     Ovl_Overload,
   2033 
   2034     /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
   2035     /// an existing declaration.
   2036     Ovl_Match,
   2037 
   2038     /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
   2039     /// non-function.
   2040     Ovl_NonFunction
   2041   };
   2042   OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
   2043                              FunctionDecl *New,
   2044                              const LookupResult &OldDecls,
   2045                              NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
   2046                              bool IsForUsingDecl);
   2047   bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
   2048 
   2049   /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
   2050   /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
   2051   ///
   2052   /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
   2053   /// an available function, false otherwise.
   2054   bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
   2055 
   2056   ImplicitConversionSequence
   2057   TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   2058                         bool SuppressUserConversions,
   2059                         bool AllowExplicit,
   2060                         bool InOverloadResolution,
   2061                         bool CStyle,
   2062                         bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
   2063 
   2064   bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
   2065   bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
   2066   bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
   2067   bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   2068                            bool InOverloadResolution,
   2069                            QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
   2070   bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   2071                                QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
   2072   bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   2073                                  QualType &ConvertedType);
   2074   bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   2075                                 QualType& ConvertedType);
   2076   bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
   2077                                   const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
   2078                                   unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr);
   2079   void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
   2080                                   QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
   2081 
   2082   CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
   2083   bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   2084                               CastKind &Kind,
   2085                               CXXCastPath& BasePath,
   2086                               bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
   2087   bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   2088                                  bool InOverloadResolution,
   2089                                  QualType &ConvertedType);
   2090   bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   2091                                     CastKind &Kind,
   2092                                     CXXCastPath &BasePath,
   2093                                     bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
   2094   bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   2095                                  bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
   2096   bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   2097                             QualType &ResultTy);
   2098   bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
   2099   bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
   2100 
   2101   ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
   2102                                              const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
   2103                                              QualType ResultType,
   2104                                              Expr *Value,
   2105                                              bool AllowNRVO = true);
   2106 
   2107   bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
   2108                                     ExprResult Init);
   2109   ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
   2110                                        SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   2111                                        ExprResult Init,
   2112                                        bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
   2113                                        bool AllowExplicit = false);
   2114   ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
   2115                                                  NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
   2116                                                  NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
   2117                                                  CXXMethodDecl *Method);
   2118 
   2119   ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
   2120   ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
   2121 
   2122   /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
   2123   enum CCEKind {
   2124     CCEK_CaseValue,   ///< Expression in a case label.
   2125     CCEK_Enumerator,  ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
   2126     CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
   2127     CCEK_NewExpr      ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
   2128   };
   2129   ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
   2130                                               llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
   2131 
   2132   /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
   2133   /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
   2134   class ContextualImplicitConverter {
   2135   public:
   2136     bool Suppress;
   2137     bool SuppressConversion;
   2138 
   2139     ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
   2140                                 bool SuppressConversion = false)
   2141         : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
   2142 
   2143     /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
   2144     /// for this conversion.
   2145     virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
   2146 
   2147     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
   2148     /// integral or enumeration type.
   2149     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
   2150     diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
   2151 
   2152     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
   2153     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
   2154     diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
   2155 
   2156     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
   2157     /// is explicit.
   2158     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
   2159         Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
   2160 
   2161     /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
   2162     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
   2163     noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
   2164 
   2165     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
   2166     /// functions.
   2167     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
   2168     diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
   2169 
   2170     /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
   2171     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
   2172     noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
   2173 
   2174     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
   2175     /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
   2176     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
   2177         Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
   2178 
   2179     virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
   2180   };
   2181 
   2182   class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
   2183     bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
   2184 
   2185   public:
   2186     ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
   2187                         bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
   2188         : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
   2189           AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
   2190 
   2191     /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
   2192     bool match(QualType T) override;
   2193 
   2194     SemaDiagnosticBuilder
   2195     diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
   2196       return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
   2197     }
   2198 
   2199     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
   2200     /// integral or enumeration type.
   2201     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
   2202     diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
   2203   };
   2204 
   2205   /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
   2206   ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
   2207       SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
   2208 
   2209 
   2210   enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
   2211     OS_Array,
   2212     OS_Dictionary,
   2213     OS_Error
   2214   };
   2215   ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
   2216 
   2217   // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
   2218   // this is used for diagnostics logic.
   2219   enum ObjCLiteralKind {
   2220     LK_Array,
   2221     LK_Dictionary,
   2222     LK_Numeric,
   2223     LK_Boxed,
   2224     LK_String,
   2225     LK_Block,
   2226     LK_None
   2227   };
   2228   ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
   2229 
   2230   ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
   2231                                            NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
   2232                                            NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
   2233                                            NamedDecl *Member);
   2234 
   2235   // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
   2236   // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
   2237   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
   2238   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
   2239 
   2240   void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
   2241                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2242                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2243                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   2244                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
   2245                             bool PartialOverloading = false,
   2246                             bool AllowExplicit = false);
   2247   void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
   2248                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2249                       OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
   2250                       bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
   2251                       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
   2252   void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2253                           QualType ObjectType,
   2254                           Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
   2255                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2256                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   2257                           bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
   2258   void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
   2259                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2260                           CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
   2261                           Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
   2262                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2263                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   2264                           bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
   2265   void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
   2266                                   DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2267                                   CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
   2268                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   2269                                   QualType ObjectType,
   2270                                   Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
   2271                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2272                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   2273                                   bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
   2274   void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   2275                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2276                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   2277                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2278                                     OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   2279                                     bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
   2280   void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
   2281                               DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2282                               CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
   2283                               Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   2284                               OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   2285                               bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
   2286   void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   2287                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2288                                       CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
   2289                                       Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   2290                                       OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
   2291                                       bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
   2292   void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
   2293                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2294                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
   2295                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
   2296                              Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2297                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
   2298   void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
   2299                                    SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2300                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   2301                                    SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
   2302   void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
   2303                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2304                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   2305                            bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
   2306                            unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
   2307   void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
   2308                                     SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2309                                     OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
   2310   void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
   2311                                             SourceLocation Loc,
   2312                                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2313                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   2314                                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   2315                                             bool PartialOverloading = false);
   2316 
   2317   // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
   2318   void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
   2319 
   2320   // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
   2321   // identified by the expression Expr
   2322   void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
   2323 
   2324   /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
   2325   /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
   2326   EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2327                               bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
   2328 
   2329   // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
   2330   // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
   2331   // R (A) --> R(A)
   2332   // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
   2333   // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
   2334   // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
   2335   QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
   2336 
   2337   FunctionDecl *
   2338   ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
   2339                                      QualType TargetType,
   2340                                      bool Complain,
   2341                                      DeclAccessPair &Found,
   2342                                      bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
   2343 
   2344   FunctionDecl *
   2345   ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
   2346                                               bool Complain = false,
   2347                                               DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr);
   2348 
   2349   bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
   2350                       ExprResult &SrcExpr,
   2351                       bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
   2352                       bool Complain = false,
   2353                       const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
   2354                       QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
   2355                       unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
   2356 
   2357 
   2358   Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
   2359                                        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2360                                        FunctionDecl *Fn);
   2361   ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
   2362                                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2363                                             FunctionDecl *Fn);
   2364 
   2365   void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
   2366                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2367                                    OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
   2368                                    bool PartialOverloading = false);
   2369 
   2370   // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
   2371   // range-based for loop.
   2372   enum ForRangeStatus {
   2373     FRS_Success,
   2374     FRS_NoViableFunction,
   2375     FRS_DiagnosticIssued
   2376   };
   2377 
   2378   // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
   2379   // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
   2380   enum BeginEndFunction {
   2381     BEF_begin,
   2382     BEF_end
   2383   };
   2384 
   2385   ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
   2386                                            SourceLocation RangeLoc,
   2387                                            VarDecl *Decl,
   2388                                            BeginEndFunction BEF,
   2389                                            const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   2390                                            LookupResult &MemberLookup,
   2391                                            OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
   2392                                            Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
   2393 
   2394   ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
   2395                                      UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
   2396                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   2397                                      MultiExprArg Args,
   2398                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   2399                                      Expr *ExecConfig,
   2400                                      bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
   2401 
   2402   bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
   2403                               MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   2404                               OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
   2405                               ExprResult *Result);
   2406 
   2407   ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   2408                                      unsigned Opc,
   2409                                      const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
   2410                                      Expr *input);
   2411 
   2412   ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   2413                                    unsigned Opc,
   2414                                    const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
   2415                                    Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
   2416 
   2417   ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
   2418                                                 SourceLocation RLoc,
   2419                                                 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
   2420 
   2421   ExprResult
   2422   BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
   2423                             SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   2424                             MultiExprArg Args,
   2425                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   2426   ExprResult
   2427   BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   2428                                MultiExprArg Args,
   2429                                SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   2430 
   2431   ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
   2432                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
   2433                                       bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
   2434 
   2435   /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
   2436   /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
   2437   /// that best represents the call.
   2438   bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
   2439                            CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
   2440 
   2441   /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
   2442   bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param,
   2443                                 ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd,
   2444                                 bool CheckParameterNames);
   2445   void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
   2446   void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
   2447   Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
   2448 
   2449   /// \name Name lookup
   2450   ///
   2451   /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
   2452   /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
   2453   /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
   2454   /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
   2455   /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
   2456   /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
   2457   ///
   2458   /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
   2459   /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
   2460   /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
   2461   /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
   2462   /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
   2463   /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
   2464   /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
   2465   ///
   2466   /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
   2467   /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
   2468   /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
   2469   /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
   2470   /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
   2471   /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
   2472   /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
   2473   /// the ability to distinguish among them.
   2474   //@{
   2475 
   2476   /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
   2477   enum LookupNameKind {
   2478     /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
   2479     /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
   2480     /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
   2481     LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
   2482     /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
   2483     /// structs, and unions.
   2484     LookupTagName,
   2485     /// Label name lookup.
   2486     LookupLabel,
   2487     /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
   2488     /// class/struct/union members.
   2489     LookupMemberName,
   2490     /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
   2491     /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
   2492     /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
   2493     LookupOperatorName,
   2494     /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
   2495     /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
   2496     /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
   2497     LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
   2498     /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
   2499     /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
   2500     /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
   2501     LookupNamespaceName,
   2502     /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
   2503     /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
   2504     /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
   2505     LookupUsingDeclName,
   2506     /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
   2507     /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
   2508     /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
   2509     /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
   2510     LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
   2511     /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
   2512     /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
   2513     LookupLocalFriendName,
   2514     /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
   2515     LookupObjCProtocolName,
   2516     /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
   2517     LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
   2518     /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
   2519     LookupAnyName
   2520   };
   2521 
   2522   /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
   2523   /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
   2524   enum RedeclarationKind {
   2525     /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
   2526     /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
   2527     NotForRedeclaration = 0,
   2528     /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
   2529     /// if an entity by that name already exists.
   2530     ForRedeclaration
   2531   };
   2532 
   2533   /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
   2534   enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
   2535     /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
   2536     LOLR_Error,
   2537     /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
   2538     /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
   2539     LOLR_Cooked,
   2540     /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
   2541     /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
   2542     LOLR_Raw,
   2543     /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
   2544     /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
   2545     /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
   2546     LOLR_Template,
   2547     /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
   2548     /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
   2549     /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
   2550     LOLR_StringTemplate
   2551   };
   2552 
   2553   SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
   2554                                                    CXXSpecialMember SM,
   2555                                                    bool ConstArg,
   2556                                                    bool VolatileArg,
   2557                                                    bool RValueThis,
   2558                                                    bool ConstThis,
   2559                                                    bool VolatileThis);
   2560 
   2561 private:
   2562   bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
   2563 
   2564   // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
   2565   //
   2566   // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
   2567   // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
   2568   llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
   2569 
   2570   /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
   2571   /// source.
   2572   bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
   2573 
   2574 public:
   2575   /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
   2576   /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
   2577   ///
   2578   /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
   2579   /// ambiguity and overloaded.
   2580   NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
   2581                               SourceLocation Loc,
   2582                               LookupNameKind NameKind,
   2583                               RedeclarationKind Redecl
   2584                                 = NotForRedeclaration);
   2585   bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
   2586                   bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
   2587   bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
   2588                            bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
   2589   bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
   2590                         bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
   2591                         bool EnteringContext = false);
   2592   ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
   2593                                    RedeclarationKind Redecl
   2594                                      = NotForRedeclaration);
   2595 
   2596   void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
   2597                                     QualType T1, QualType T2,
   2598                                     UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
   2599   void addOverloadedOperatorToUnresolvedSet(UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
   2600                                             DeclAccessPair Operator,
   2601                                             QualType T1, QualType T2);
   2602 
   2603   LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
   2604                                  SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
   2605 
   2606   DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
   2607   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
   2608   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
   2609                                                unsigned Quals);
   2610   CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
   2611                                          bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
   2612   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
   2613                                               unsigned Quals);
   2614   CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
   2615                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
   2616   CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
   2617 
   2618   bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id);
   2619   LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
   2620                                                     ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
   2621                                                     bool AllowRaw,
   2622                                                     bool AllowTemplate,
   2623                                                     bool AllowStringTemplate);
   2624   bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
   2625 
   2626   void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
   2627                                ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
   2628 
   2629   void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
   2630                           VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
   2631                           bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
   2632   void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
   2633                           VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
   2634                           bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
   2635 
   2636   enum CorrectTypoKind {
   2637     CTK_NonError,     // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
   2638     CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
   2639   };
   2640 
   2641   TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
   2642                              Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
   2643                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
   2644                              CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
   2645                              CorrectTypoKind Mode,
   2646                              DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
   2647                              bool EnteringContext = false,
   2648                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
   2649                              bool RecordFailure = true);
   2650 
   2651   void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
   2652                     const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
   2653                     bool ErrorRecovery = true);
   2654 
   2655   void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
   2656                     const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
   2657                     const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
   2658                     bool ErrorRecovery = true);
   2659 
   2660   void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
   2661                                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2662                                    AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
   2663                                    AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
   2664 
   2665   void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
   2666                             bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
   2667 
   2668   void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
   2669   //@}
   2670 
   2671   ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
   2672                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
   2673                                           bool TypoCorrection = false);
   2674   NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
   2675                                  Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
   2676                                  SourceLocation Loc);
   2677   NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
   2678                                       Scope *S);
   2679   void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
   2680 
   2681   // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
   2682 
   2683   void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
   2684   // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
   2685   void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
   2686   void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
   2687                                 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
   2688   bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
   2689                                       const AttributeList *AttrList);
   2690 
   2691   void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
   2692 
   2693   bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
   2694   bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
   2695                             const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
   2696   bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
   2697   bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr,
   2698                                       unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str,
   2699                                       SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
   2700   bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(
   2701       CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
   2702       MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
   2703 
   2704   void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
   2705 
   2706   /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
   2707   /// wasn't specified explicitly.  This handles method types formed from
   2708   /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
   2709   void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic);
   2710 
   2711   // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
   2712   // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
   2713   // one that came from a typedef.
   2714   bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T);
   2715 
   2716   /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
   2717   /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
   2718   const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
   2719 
   2720   /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
   2721   StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
   2722                                    SourceRange Range);
   2723 
   2724   void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   2725                                    ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
   2726                                    bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
   2727 
   2728   void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   2729                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
   2730                                    bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
   2731 
   2732   /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
   2733   /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
   2734   void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   2735                              ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
   2736                              bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
   2737 
   2738   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
   2739   typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
   2740 
   2741   /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
   2742   /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
   2743   void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
   2744                                 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
   2745                                 SourceLocation Loc);
   2746 
   2747   /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
   2748   /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
   2749   void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
   2750                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
   2751                                  bool IncompleteImpl = false);
   2752 
   2753   /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
   2754   /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
   2755   void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
   2756                                        ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
   2757                                        bool SynthesizeProperties);
   2758 
   2759   /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
   2760   /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
   2761   void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
   2762                                     ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
   2763   void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
   2764 
   2765   /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
   2766   /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
   2767   /// declared in class 'IFace'.
   2768   bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
   2769                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
   2770 
   2771   /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
   2772   /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
   2773   void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
   2774                                            const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
   2775 
   2776   /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
   2777   /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
   2778   /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
   2779   ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   2780                                                const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
   2781 
   2782   /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
   2783   /// class extensions.
   2784   ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
   2785                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
   2786                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   2787                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
   2788                       Selector GetterSel,
   2789                       Selector SetterSel,
   2790                       const bool isAssign,
   2791                       const bool isReadWrite,
   2792                       const unsigned Attributes,
   2793                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
   2794                       bool *isOverridingProperty,
   2795                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
   2796                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
   2797 
   2798   /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
   2799   /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
   2800   ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
   2801                                        ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
   2802                                        SourceLocation AtLoc,
   2803                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   2804                                        FieldDeclarator &FD,
   2805                                        Selector GetterSel,
   2806                                        Selector SetterSel,
   2807                                        const bool isAssign,
   2808                                        const bool isReadWrite,
   2809                                        const unsigned Attributes,
   2810                                        const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
   2811                                        TypeSourceInfo *T,
   2812                                        tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
   2813                                        DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
   2814 
   2815   /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
   2816   /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
   2817   /// setter or getter.
   2818   void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
   2819                                        ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
   2820 
   2821   void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
   2822 
   2823   void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(
   2824                                           const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD,
   2825                                           const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
   2826 
   2827   void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
   2828 
   2829   enum MethodMatchStrategy {
   2830     MMS_loose,
   2831     MMS_strict
   2832   };
   2833 
   2834   /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
   2835   /// true, or false, accordingly.
   2836   bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   2837                                   const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
   2838                                   MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
   2839 
   2840   /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
   2841   /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
   2842   void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
   2843                                   const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
   2844                                   SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
   2845                                   SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
   2846                                   ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
   2847                                   ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
   2848                                   bool &IncompleteImpl,
   2849                                   bool ImmediateClass,
   2850                                   bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
   2851 
   2852   /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
   2853   /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
   2854   /// warns each time an exact match is found.
   2855   void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
   2856 
   2857   /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
   2858   void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
   2859 
   2860 private:
   2861   /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
   2862   /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
   2863   void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
   2864 
   2865   /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
   2866   /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
   2867   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
   2868                                            bool receiverIdOrClass,
   2869                                            bool warn, bool instance);
   2870 
   2871   /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
   2872   TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
   2873                                   bool RecordFailure = true,
   2874                                   bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false) {
   2875     if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
   2876       (void)UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo];
   2877     if (RecordFailure)
   2878       TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
   2879     return TypoCorrection();
   2880   }
   2881 
   2882 public:
   2883   /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
   2884   /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
   2885   /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
   2886   /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
   2887   void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
   2888     AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
   2889   }
   2890 
   2891   /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
   2892   void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
   2893     AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
   2894   }
   2895 
   2896   /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
   2897   /// pool.
   2898   void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
   2899 
   2900   /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
   2901   /// there are multiple signatures.
   2902   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
   2903                                                    bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
   2904                                                    bool warn=true) {
   2905     return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
   2906                                     warn, /*instance*/true);
   2907   }
   2908 
   2909   /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
   2910   /// there are multiple signatures.
   2911   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
   2912                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
   2913                                                   bool warn=true) {
   2914     return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
   2915                                     warn, /*instance*/false);
   2916   }
   2917 
   2918   const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
   2919                               QualType ObjectType=QualType());
   2920   /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
   2921   /// implementation.
   2922   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
   2923 
   2924   /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
   2925   /// initialization.
   2926   void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
   2927                                   SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
   2928 
   2929   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   2930   // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
   2931 public:
   2932   class FullExprArg {
   2933   public:
   2934     FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { }
   2935 
   2936     // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
   2937     // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
   2938     // emulation code from Ownership.h).
   2939     FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
   2940 
   2941     ExprResult release() {
   2942       return E;
   2943     }
   2944 
   2945     Expr *get() const { return E; }
   2946 
   2947     Expr *operator->() {
   2948       return E;
   2949     }
   2950 
   2951   private:
   2952     // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
   2953     // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
   2954     friend class Sema;
   2955 
   2956     explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
   2957 
   2958     Expr *E;
   2959   };
   2960 
   2961   FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
   2962     return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
   2963   }
   2964   FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
   2965     return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get());
   2966   }
   2967   FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
   2968     ExprResult FE =
   2969       ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
   2970                           /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
   2971     return FullExprArg(FE.get());
   2972   }
   2973 
   2974   StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
   2975   StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
   2976 
   2977   StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
   2978                            bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
   2979 
   2980   void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
   2981   void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
   2982   StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
   2983                                ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
   2984 
   2985   /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
   2986   class CompoundScopeRAII {
   2987   public:
   2988     CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
   2989       S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
   2990     }
   2991 
   2992     ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
   2993       S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
   2994     }
   2995 
   2996   private:
   2997     Sema &S;
   2998   };
   2999 
   3000   StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
   3001                                    SourceLocation StartLoc,
   3002                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
   3003   void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
   3004   StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
   3005   StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
   3006                                    SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
   3007                                    SourceLocation ColonLoc);
   3008   void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
   3009 
   3010   StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
   3011                                       SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   3012                                       Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
   3013   StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
   3014                             SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
   3015 
   3016   StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
   3017                                  ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
   3018                                  Stmt *SubStmt);
   3019 
   3020   StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
   3021                          FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
   3022                          Stmt *ThenVal,
   3023                          SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
   3024   StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
   3025                                             Expr *Cond,
   3026                                             Decl *CondVar);
   3027   StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
   3028                                            Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
   3029   StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
   3030                             FullExprArg Cond,
   3031                             Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
   3032   StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
   3033                                  SourceLocation WhileLoc,
   3034                                  SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
   3035                                  SourceLocation CondRParen);
   3036 
   3037   StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
   3038                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3039                           Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
   3040                           Decl *SecondVar,
   3041                           FullExprArg Third,
   3042                           SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3043                           Stmt *Body);
   3044   ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
   3045                                            Expr *collection);
   3046   StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
   3047                                         Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
   3048                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3049   StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
   3050 
   3051   enum BuildForRangeKind {
   3052     /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
   3053     BFRK_Build,
   3054     /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
   3055     /// attempt any typo-correction.
   3056     BFRK_Rebuild,
   3057     /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
   3058     /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
   3059     BFRK_Check
   3060   };
   3061 
   3062   StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
   3063                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
   3064                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3065                                   BuildForRangeKind Kind);
   3066   StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
   3067                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   3068                                   Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
   3069                                   Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
   3070                                   Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
   3071                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3072                                   BuildForRangeKind Kind);
   3073   StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
   3074 
   3075   StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
   3076                            SourceLocation LabelLoc,
   3077                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
   3078   StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
   3079                                    SourceLocation StarLoc,
   3080                                    Expr *DestExp);
   3081   StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
   3082   StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
   3083 
   3084   void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
   3085                                 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
   3086   typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
   3087   void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
   3088                                 CapturedRegionKind Kind,
   3089                                 ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params);
   3090   StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
   3091   void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
   3092   RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
   3093                                            SourceLocation Loc,
   3094                                            unsigned NumParams);
   3095   VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
   3096                                    bool AllowFunctionParameters);
   3097   bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD,
   3098                               bool AllowFunctionParameters);
   3099 
   3100   StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
   3101                              Scope *CurScope);
   3102   StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
   3103   StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
   3104 
   3105   StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
   3106                              bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
   3107                              unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
   3108                              MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
   3109                              Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
   3110                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3111 
   3112   ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3113                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3114                                        UnqualifiedId &Id,
   3115                                        llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
   3116                                        bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
   3117   bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
   3118                             unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
   3119   StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
   3120                             ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
   3121                             StringRef AsmString,
   3122                             unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
   3123                             ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
   3124                             ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
   3125                             ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
   3126                             SourceLocation EndLoc);
   3127 
   3128   VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
   3129                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
   3130                                   SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
   3131                                   bool Invalid = false);
   3132 
   3133   Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   3134 
   3135   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
   3136                                   Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
   3137 
   3138   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
   3139 
   3140   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
   3141                                 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
   3142 
   3143   StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
   3144   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
   3145                                   Scope *CurScope);
   3146   ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
   3147                                             Expr *operand);
   3148   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
   3149                                          Expr *SynchExpr,
   3150                                          Stmt *SynchBody);
   3151 
   3152   StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
   3153 
   3154   VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   3155                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
   3156                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
   3157                                      IdentifierInfo *Id);
   3158 
   3159   Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   3160 
   3161   StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
   3162                                 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
   3163   StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
   3164                               ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
   3165 
   3166   StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
   3167                               SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
   3168                               Stmt *Handler);
   3169   StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
   3170                                  Expr *FilterExpr,
   3171                                  Stmt *Block);
   3172   StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block);
   3173   StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope);
   3174 
   3175   void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
   3176 
   3177   bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
   3178 
   3179   /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
   3180   /// of it.
   3181   void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
   3182 
   3183   /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
   3184   /// whose result is unused, warn.
   3185   void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
   3186   void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
   3187 
   3188   /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
   3189   /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
   3190   ///
   3191   /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
   3192   ///     if (condition);
   3193   ///       do_stuff();
   3194   void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
   3195                              const Stmt *Body,
   3196                              unsigned DiagID);
   3197 
   3198   /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
   3199   /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
   3200   void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
   3201                              const Stmt *PossibleBody);
   3202 
   3203   ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
   3204     return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
   3205   }
   3206   void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
   3207 
   3208   typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
   3209   ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
   3210     return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
   3211   }
   3212   void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
   3213     DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
   3214   }
   3215 
   3216   void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
   3217 
   3218   enum AvailabilityDiagnostic { AD_Deprecation, AD_Unavailable };
   3219 
   3220   void EmitAvailabilityWarning(AvailabilityDiagnostic AD,
   3221                                NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
   3222                                SourceLocation Loc,
   3223                                const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
   3224                                const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty,
   3225                                bool ObjCPropertyAccess);
   3226 
   3227   void HandleDelayedAvailabilityCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
   3228 
   3229   bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
   3230                                      StringRef message);
   3231 
   3232   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   3233   // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
   3234 
   3235   bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
   3236   bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
   3237                          const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=nullptr,
   3238                          bool ObjCPropertyAccess=false);
   3239   void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
   3240   std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
   3241   bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
   3242                                         ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
   3243                                         SourceLocation Loc);
   3244   void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
   3245                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
   3246 
   3247   void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
   3248                                        Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
   3249                                        bool IsDecltype = false);
   3250   enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
   3251   void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
   3252                                        ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
   3253                                        bool IsDecltype = false);
   3254   void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
   3255 
   3256   void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
   3257 
   3258   ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
   3259   ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
   3260 
   3261   ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
   3262 
   3263   // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
   3264   // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
   3265   // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
   3266   // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
   3267   // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
   3268   // named expressions.
   3269   void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
   3270   void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
   3271   void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
   3272   void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
   3273   void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
   3274 
   3275   void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
   3276   void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
   3277 
   3278   enum TryCaptureKind {
   3279     TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
   3280   };
   3281 
   3282   /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
   3283   ///
   3284   /// \param Var The variable to capture.
   3285   ///
   3286   /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
   3287   ///
   3288   /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
   3289   /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
   3290   ///
   3291   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
   3292   /// an explicit lambda capture.
   3293   ///
   3294   /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
   3295   /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
   3296   /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
   3297   /// if the variable cannot be captured.
   3298   ///
   3299   /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
   3300   /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
   3301   /// variable can be captured.
   3302   ///
   3303   /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
   3304   /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
   3305   /// captured.
   3306   ///
   3307   /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
   3308   /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
   3309   /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
   3310   /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
   3311   /// a nested generic lambda.
   3312   ///
   3313   /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
   3314   /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
   3315   bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
   3316                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
   3317                           QualType &CaptureType,
   3318                           QualType &DeclRefType,
   3319                           const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
   3320 
   3321   /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
   3322   bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
   3323                           TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
   3324                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
   3325 
   3326   /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
   3327   /// variable will have in the given scope.
   3328   QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
   3329 
   3330   void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
   3331   void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
   3332                                         bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
   3333 
   3334   /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
   3335   /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
   3336   /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
   3337   bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
   3338                             bool ForceComplain = false,
   3339                             bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
   3340 
   3341   /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
   3342   bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
   3343                      UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
   3344 
   3345   /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
   3346   /// evaluation context.
   3347   ///
   3348   /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
   3349   /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
   3350   /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
   3351   /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
   3352   bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
   3353                            const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
   3354 
   3355   // Primary Expressions.
   3356   SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
   3357 
   3358   ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3359                                SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3360                                UnqualifiedId &Id,
   3361                                bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
   3362                                CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr,
   3363                                bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false);
   3364 
   3365   void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
   3366                               TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
   3367                               DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   3368                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
   3369 
   3370   bool
   3371   DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
   3372                       CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
   3373                       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
   3374                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None);
   3375 
   3376   ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
   3377                                 IdentifierInfo *II,
   3378                                 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
   3379 
   3380   ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3381                                         SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3382                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   3383                                         bool isAddressOfOperand,
   3384                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   3385 
   3386   ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
   3387                               ExprValueKind VK,
   3388                               SourceLocation Loc,
   3389                               const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
   3390   ExprResult
   3391   BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
   3392                    const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   3393                    const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
   3394                    NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
   3395                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
   3396   ExprResult
   3397   BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
   3398       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3399       SourceLocation nameLoc,
   3400       IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
   3401       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
   3402       Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr,
   3403       SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
   3404 
   3405   ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3406                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3407                                              LookupResult &R,
   3408                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   3409   ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3410                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3411                                      LookupResult &R,
   3412                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
   3413                                      bool IsDefiniteInstance);
   3414   bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3415                                   const LookupResult &R,
   3416                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
   3417 
   3418   ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(
   3419       CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   3420       bool IsAddressOfOperand, TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr);
   3421 
   3422   ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3423                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3424                                 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   3425                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   3426 
   3427   ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3428                                       LookupResult &R,
   3429                                       bool NeedsADL);
   3430   ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
   3431       const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
   3432       NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
   3433       const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
   3434 
   3435   ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
   3436                       DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
   3437                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   3438                       SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
   3439                       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
   3440 
   3441   ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
   3442                                  PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT);
   3443   ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
   3444   ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
   3445   ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
   3446   ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
   3447                                     Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
   3448   ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
   3449   ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
   3450                                 SourceLocation R,
   3451                                 MultiExprArg Val);
   3452 
   3453   /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
   3454   /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
   3455   ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks,
   3456                                 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
   3457 
   3458   ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
   3459                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
   3460                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3461                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
   3462                                        ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
   3463                                        ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
   3464   ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
   3465                                         SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
   3466                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3467                                         Expr *ControllingExpr,
   3468                                         ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
   3469                                         ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
   3470 
   3471   // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
   3472   ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
   3473                                   Expr *InputExpr);
   3474   ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3475                           UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
   3476   ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3477                           tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
   3478 
   3479   QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
   3480 
   3481   ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   3482                                             SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3483                                             UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
   3484                                             SourceRange R);
   3485   ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3486                                             UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
   3487   ExprResult
   3488     ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3489                                   UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
   3490                                   bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
   3491                                   const SourceRange &ArgRange);
   3492 
   3493   ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
   3494   bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
   3495 
   3496   bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
   3497   bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3498                                         SourceRange ExprRange,
   3499                                         UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
   3500   ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
   3501                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3502                                           IdentifierInfo &Name,
   3503                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
   3504                                           SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3505   ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3506                                  tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
   3507 
   3508   ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
   3509                                      Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
   3510   ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
   3511                                              Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
   3512 
   3513   // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
   3514   // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
   3515   // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
   3516   // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
   3517   // defines a custom operator->).
   3518   struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
   3519     Scope *S;
   3520     UnqualifiedId &Id;
   3521     Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
   3522     bool HasTrailingLParen;
   3523   };
   3524 
   3525   ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(
   3526       Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
   3527       CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3528       NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   3529       const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
   3530       ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
   3531 
   3532   ExprResult
   3533   BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3534                            bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3535                            SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3536                            NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
   3537                            const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
   3538                            bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
   3539                            ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
   3540 
   3541   ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
   3542 
   3543   bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
   3544                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3545                                      const LookupResult &R);
   3546 
   3547   ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
   3548                                       bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3549                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3550                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3551                                       NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
   3552                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   3553                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   3554 
   3555   ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
   3556                                    SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3557                                    tok::TokenKind OpKind,
   3558                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3559                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3560                                    UnqualifiedId &Member,
   3561                                    Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
   3562                                    bool HasTrailingLParen);
   3563 
   3564   void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
   3565   bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
   3566                                FunctionDecl *FDecl,
   3567                                const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
   3568                                ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   3569                                SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3570                                bool ExecConfig = false);
   3571   void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
   3572                                 ParmVarDecl *Param,
   3573                                 const Expr *ArgExpr);
   3574 
   3575   /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
   3576   /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
   3577   /// locations.
   3578   ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3579                            MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3580                            Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
   3581                            bool IsExecConfig = false);
   3582   ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
   3583                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3584                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
   3585                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3586                                    Expr *Config = nullptr,
   3587                                    bool IsExecConfig = false);
   3588 
   3589   ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
   3590                                      MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
   3591                                      SourceLocation GGGLoc);
   3592 
   3593   ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3594                            Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
   3595                            SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
   3596   ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3597                                  TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
   3598                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3599                                  Expr *Op);
   3600   CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
   3601 
   3602   /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
   3603   ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3604                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
   3605                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
   3606 
   3607   ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
   3608 
   3609   ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3610                                   ParsedType Ty,
   3611                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3612                                   Expr *InitExpr);
   3613 
   3614   ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3615                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   3616                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3617                                       Expr *LiteralExpr);
   3618 
   3619   ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
   3620                            MultiExprArg InitArgList,
   3621                            SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
   3622 
   3623   ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
   3624                                         SourceLocation Loc,
   3625                                         bool GNUSyntax,
   3626                                         ExprResult Init);
   3627 
   3628   ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
   3629                         tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
   3630   ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3631                         BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
   3632   ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
   3633                                 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
   3634 
   3635   /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
   3636   /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
   3637   ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
   3638                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   3639                                 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
   3640 
   3641   /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
   3642   ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
   3643                             LabelDecl *TheDecl);
   3644 
   3645   void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
   3646   ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
   3647                            SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
   3648   void ActOnStmtExprError();
   3649 
   3650   // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
   3651   struct OffsetOfComponent {
   3652     SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
   3653     bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
   3654     union {
   3655       IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
   3656       Expr *E;
   3657     } U;
   3658   };
   3659 
   3660   /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
   3661   ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
   3662                                   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   3663                                   OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
   3664                                   unsigned NumComponents,
   3665                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3666   ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
   3667                                   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
   3668                                   SourceLocation TypeLoc,
   3669                                   ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
   3670                                   OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
   3671                                   unsigned NumComponents,
   3672                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3673 
   3674   // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
   3675   ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
   3676                              Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
   3677                              Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
   3678 
   3679   // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
   3680   ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
   3681                         SourceLocation RPLoc);
   3682   ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
   3683                             TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
   3684 
   3685   // __null
   3686   ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
   3687 
   3688   bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
   3689 
   3690   /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
   3691   enum IfExistsResult {
   3692     /// \brief The symbol exists.
   3693     IER_Exists,
   3694 
   3695     /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
   3696     IER_DoesNotExist,
   3697 
   3698     /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
   3699     /// from one instantiation to the next.
   3700     IER_Dependent,
   3701 
   3702     /// \brief An error occurred.
   3703     IER_Error
   3704   };
   3705 
   3706   IfExistsResult
   3707   CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3708                                const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
   3709 
   3710   IfExistsResult
   3711   CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
   3712                                bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3713                                UnqualifiedId &Name);
   3714 
   3715   StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
   3716                                         bool IsIfExists,
   3717                                         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
   3718                                         DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
   3719                                         Stmt *Nested);
   3720   StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
   3721                                         bool IsIfExists,
   3722                                         CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
   3723                                         Stmt *Nested);
   3724 
   3725   //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
   3726 
   3727   /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
   3728   /// started.
   3729   void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
   3730 
   3731   /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
   3732   /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
   3733   void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
   3734                            Scope *CurScope);
   3735 
   3736   /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
   3737   /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
   3738   void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
   3739 
   3740   /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
   3741   /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
   3742   ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
   3743                                 Scope *CurScope);
   3744 
   3745   //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
   3746 
   3747   /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
   3748   ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
   3749                                     SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
   3750                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3751 
   3752   //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
   3753 
   3754   /// __builtin_astype(...)
   3755   ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
   3756                              SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
   3757                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3758 
   3759   //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
   3760 
   3761   // Act on C++ namespaces
   3762   Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
   3763                                SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
   3764                                SourceLocation IdentLoc,
   3765                                IdentifierInfo *Ident,
   3766                                SourceLocation LBrace,
   3767                                AttributeList *AttrList);
   3768   void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
   3769 
   3770   NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
   3771   NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
   3772 
   3773   CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
   3774 
   3775   /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
   3776   /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
   3777   bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
   3778 
   3779   /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
   3780   /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
   3781   ///
   3782   /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
   3783   QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
   3784 
   3785   /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
   3786   /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
   3787   bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
   3788 
   3789   Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
   3790                             SourceLocation UsingLoc,
   3791                             SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
   3792                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3793                             SourceLocation IdentLoc,
   3794                             IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
   3795                             AttributeList *AttrList);
   3796 
   3797   void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
   3798 
   3799   Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
   3800                                SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
   3801                                SourceLocation AliasLoc,
   3802                                IdentifierInfo *Alias,
   3803                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3804                                SourceLocation IdentLoc,
   3805                                IdentifierInfo *Ident);
   3806 
   3807   void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
   3808   bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
   3809                             const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
   3810                             UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
   3811   UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
   3812                                         NamedDecl *Target,
   3813                                         UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
   3814 
   3815   bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
   3816                                    bool HasTypenameKeyword,
   3817                                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3818                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
   3819                                    const LookupResult &Previous);
   3820   bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
   3821                                const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3822                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   3823                                SourceLocation NameLoc);
   3824 
   3825   NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
   3826                                    SourceLocation UsingLoc,
   3827                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3828                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
   3829                                    AttributeList *AttrList,
   3830                                    bool IsInstantiation,
   3831                                    bool HasTypenameKeyword,
   3832                                    SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
   3833 
   3834   bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
   3835 
   3836   Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
   3837                               AccessSpecifier AS,
   3838                               bool HasUsingKeyword,
   3839                               SourceLocation UsingLoc,
   3840                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3841                               UnqualifiedId &Name,
   3842                               AttributeList *AttrList,
   3843                               bool HasTypenameKeyword,
   3844                               SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
   3845   Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
   3846                               AccessSpecifier AS,
   3847                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
   3848                               SourceLocation UsingLoc,
   3849                               UnqualifiedId &Name,
   3850                               AttributeList *AttrList,
   3851                               TypeResult Type);
   3852 
   3853   /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
   3854   /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
   3855   ///
   3856   /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
   3857   ExprResult
   3858   BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
   3859                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
   3860                         bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
   3861                         bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
   3862                         SourceRange ParenRange);
   3863 
   3864   // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
   3865   // the constructor can be elidable?
   3866   ExprResult
   3867   BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
   3868                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
   3869                         MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
   3870                         bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
   3871                         unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
   3872 
   3873   /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
   3874   /// the default expr if needed.
   3875   ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
   3876                                     FunctionDecl *FD,
   3877                                     ParmVarDecl *Param);
   3878 
   3879   /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
   3880   /// constructed variable.
   3881   void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
   3882 
   3883   /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
   3884   /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
   3885   class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
   3886     // Pointer to allow copying
   3887     Sema *Self;
   3888     // We order exception specifications thus:
   3889     // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
   3890     // throw() comes next.
   3891     // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
   3892     // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
   3893     // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
   3894     ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
   3895     llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
   3896     SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
   3897 
   3898     void ClearExceptions() {
   3899       ExceptionsSeen.clear();
   3900       Exceptions.clear();
   3901     }
   3902 
   3903   public:
   3904     explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
   3905       : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
   3906       if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
   3907         ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
   3908     }
   3909 
   3910     /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
   3911     ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
   3912       assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
   3913              "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
   3914       return ComputedEST;
   3915     }
   3916 
   3917     /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
   3918     unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
   3919 
   3920     /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
   3921     const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
   3922 
   3923     /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
   3924     void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
   3925 
   3926     /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
   3927     void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
   3928 
   3929     /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
   3930     /// computed exception specification.
   3931     void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
   3932       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
   3933       if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
   3934         EPI.NumExceptions = size();
   3935         EPI.Exceptions = data();
   3936       } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
   3937         /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
   3938         ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
   3939         ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
   3940         EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
   3941         EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
   3942                                                      tok::kw_false).get();
   3943       }
   3944     }
   3945     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
   3946       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
   3947       getEPI(EPI);
   3948       return EPI;
   3949     }
   3950   };
   3951 
   3952   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
   3953   /// copy constructor of a class will have.
   3954   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   3955   ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
   3956                                            CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   3957 
   3958   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
   3959   /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
   3960   /// will be const.
   3961   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   3962   ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   3963 
   3964   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
   3965   /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
   3966   /// parameter will be const.
   3967   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   3968   ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   3969 
   3970   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
   3971   /// constructor of a class will have.
   3972   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   3973   ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   3974 
   3975   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
   3976   /// assignment operator of a class will have.
   3977   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   3978   ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   3979 
   3980   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
   3981   /// destructor of a class will have.
   3982   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   3983   ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   3984 
   3985   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
   3986   /// constructor of a class will have.
   3987   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   3988   ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
   3989 
   3990   /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
   3991   /// special member function.
   3992   void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   3993 
   3994   /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
   3995   /// extended prototype information with the results.
   3996   void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
   3997                                    ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
   3998                                    ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
   3999                                    Expr *NoexceptExpr,
   4000                                    SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
   4001                                    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
   4002 
   4003   /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
   4004   /// definition when it is defaulted.
   4005   bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
   4006                                  bool Diagnose = false);
   4007 
   4008   /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
   4009   ///
   4010   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
   4011   /// default constructor will be added.
   4012   ///
   4013   /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
   4014   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
   4015                                                      CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   4016 
   4017   /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
   4018   /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
   4019   void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   4020                                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
   4021 
   4022   /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
   4023   ///
   4024   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
   4025   /// destructor will be added.
   4026   ///
   4027   /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
   4028   CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   4029 
   4030   /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
   4031   /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
   4032   void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   4033                                 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
   4034 
   4035   /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
   4036   ///
   4037   /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
   4038   /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
   4039   void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
   4040                                      CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
   4041 
   4042   /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
   4043   ///
   4044   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
   4045   /// constructors will be added.
   4046   void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   4047 
   4048   /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
   4049   void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
   4050                                    CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
   4051 
   4052   /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
   4053   ///
   4054   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
   4055   /// copy constructor will be added.
   4056   ///
   4057   /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
   4058   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   4059 
   4060   /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
   4061   /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
   4062   void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   4063                                      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
   4064 
   4065   /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
   4066   ///
   4067   /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
   4068   /// move constructor will be added.
   4069   ///
   4070   /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
   4071   /// declared.
   4072   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   4073 
   4074   /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
   4075   /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
   4076   void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   4077                                      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
   4078 
   4079   /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
   4080   ///
   4081   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
   4082   /// copy assignment operator will be added.
   4083   ///
   4084   /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
   4085   CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   4086 
   4087   /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
   4088   void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   4089                                     CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
   4090 
   4091   /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
   4092   ///
   4093   /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
   4094   /// move assignment operator will be added.
   4095   ///
   4096   /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
   4097   /// wasn't declared.
   4098   CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   4099 
   4100   /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
   4101   void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   4102                                     CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
   4103 
   4104   /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
   4105   /// class.
   4106   void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
   4107 
   4108   /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
   4109   /// special member function.
   4110   bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
   4111 
   4112   /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
   4113   /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
   4114   ///
   4115   /// \returns true if an error occurred.
   4116   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
   4117 
   4118   /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
   4119   /// member function.
   4120   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
   4121 
   4122   /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
   4123   /// static member function.
   4124   ///
   4125   /// \returns true if an error occurred.
   4126   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
   4127 
   4128   /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
   4129   /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
   4130   /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
   4131   ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
   4132 
   4133   bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
   4134                                MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
   4135                                SourceLocation Loc,
   4136                                SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
   4137                                bool AllowExplicit = false,
   4138                                bool IsListInitialization = false);
   4139 
   4140   ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4141                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
   4142                                           IdentifierInfo &Name);
   4143 
   4144   ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
   4145                                IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
   4146                                Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4147                                ParsedType ObjectType,
   4148                                bool EnteringContext);
   4149 
   4150   ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
   4151 
   4152   // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
   4153   void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
   4154                                       bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
   4155 
   4156   /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
   4157   ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   4158                                tok::TokenKind Kind,
   4159                                SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
   4160                                Declarator &D,
   4161                                SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
   4162                                SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   4163                                Expr *E,
   4164                                SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4165 
   4166   ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   4167                                tok::TokenKind Kind,
   4168                                TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
   4169                                Expr *E,
   4170                                SourceRange AngleBrackets,
   4171                                SourceRange Parens);
   4172 
   4173   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
   4174                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
   4175                             TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
   4176                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4177   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
   4178                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
   4179                             Expr *Operand,
   4180                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4181 
   4182   /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
   4183   ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   4184                             SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
   4185                             void *TyOrExpr,
   4186                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4187 
   4188   ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
   4189                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
   4190                             TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
   4191                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4192   ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
   4193                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
   4194                             Expr *Operand,
   4195                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4196 
   4197   /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
   4198   ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   4199                             SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
   4200                             void *TyOrExpr,
   4201                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4202 
   4203 
   4204   //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
   4205   ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
   4206 
   4207   /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
   4208   ///
   4209   /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
   4210   QualType getCurrentThisType();
   4211 
   4212   /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
   4213   /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
   4214   /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
   4215   QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
   4216 
   4217   /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
   4218   /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
   4219   class CXXThisScopeRAII {
   4220     Sema &S;
   4221     QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
   4222     bool Enabled;
   4223 
   4224   public:
   4225     /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
   4226     /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
   4227     /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
   4228     /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
   4229     CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
   4230                      bool Enabled = true);
   4231 
   4232     ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
   4233   };
   4234 
   4235   /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
   4236   /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
   4237   ///
   4238   /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
   4239   ///
   4240   /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
   4241   /// capture list.
   4242   ///
   4243   /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
   4244   /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
   4245   /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
   4246   /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
   4247   /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
   4248   /// a non-static member function or a static function).
   4249   /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
   4250   bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
   4251       bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
   4252       const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr);
   4253 
   4254   /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
   4255   /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
   4256   /// being defined.
   4257   bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
   4258 
   4259   /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
   4260   ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
   4261 
   4262 
   4263   /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
   4264   ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
   4265 
   4266   /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
   4267   ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
   4268 
   4269   //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
   4270   ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
   4271   ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
   4272                            bool IsThrownVarInScope);
   4273   ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
   4274                                   bool IsThrownVarInScope);
   4275 
   4276   /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
   4277   /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
   4278   /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
   4279   /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
   4280   ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
   4281                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   4282                                        MultiExprArg Exprs,
   4283                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4284 
   4285   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
   4286                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   4287                                        MultiExprArg Exprs,
   4288                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4289 
   4290   /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
   4291   ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
   4292                          SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
   4293                          MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
   4294                          SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
   4295                          SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
   4296                          Expr *Initializer);
   4297   ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
   4298                          SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
   4299                          MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
   4300                          SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
   4301                          SourceRange TypeIdParens,
   4302                          QualType AllocType,
   4303                          TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
   4304                          Expr *ArraySize,
   4305                          SourceRange DirectInitRange,
   4306                          Expr *Initializer,
   4307                          bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
   4308 
   4309   bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
   4310                           SourceRange R);
   4311   bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
   4312                                bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
   4313                                MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
   4314                                FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
   4315                                FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
   4316   bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
   4317                               DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
   4318                               DeclContext *Ctx,
   4319                               bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
   4320                               bool Diagnose = true);
   4321   void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
   4322   void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
   4323                                        QualType Param1,
   4324                                        QualType Param2 = QualType(),
   4325                                        bool addMallocAttr = false);
   4326 
   4327   bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
   4328                                 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
   4329                                 bool Diagnose = true);
   4330   FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
   4331                                               bool CanProvideSize,
   4332                                               DeclarationName Name);
   4333 
   4334   /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
   4335   ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
   4336                             bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
   4337                             Expr *Operand);
   4338 
   4339   DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   4340   ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
   4341                                     SourceLocation StmtLoc,
   4342                                     bool ConvertToBoolean);
   4343 
   4344   ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
   4345                                Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
   4346   ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
   4347                                   SourceLocation RParen);
   4348 
   4349   /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
   4350   ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
   4351                             ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
   4352                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4353   ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
   4354                             ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
   4355                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4356 
   4357   /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
   4358   /// pseudo-functions.
   4359   ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
   4360                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
   4361                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
   4362                                  Expr *DimExpr,
   4363                                  SourceLocation RParen);
   4364 
   4365   ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
   4366                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
   4367                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
   4368                                  Expr *DimExpr,
   4369                                  SourceLocation RParen);
   4370 
   4371   /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
   4372   /// pseudo-functions.
   4373   ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
   4374                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
   4375                                   Expr *Queried,
   4376                                   SourceLocation RParen);
   4377 
   4378   ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
   4379                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
   4380                                   Expr *Queried,
   4381                                   SourceLocation RParen);
   4382 
   4383   ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
   4384                                           Expr *Base,
   4385                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
   4386                                           tok::TokenKind OpKind,
   4387                                           ParsedType &ObjectType,
   4388                                           bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
   4389 
   4390   ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
   4391 
   4392   ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
   4393                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
   4394                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
   4395                                        const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4396                                        TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
   4397                                        SourceLocation CCLoc,
   4398                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
   4399                                      PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
   4400                                        bool HasTrailingLParen);
   4401 
   4402   ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
   4403                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
   4404                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
   4405                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4406                                        UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
   4407                                        SourceLocation CCLoc,
   4408                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
   4409                                        UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
   4410                                        bool HasTrailingLParen);
   4411 
   4412   ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
   4413                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
   4414                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
   4415                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
   4416                                        const DeclSpec& DS,
   4417                                        bool HasTrailingLParen);
   4418 
   4419   /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
   4420   /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
   4421   /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
   4422   Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
   4423   Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
   4424   ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
   4425 
   4426   ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
   4427     return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
   4428                                           : SourceLocation());
   4429   }
   4430   ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
   4431                                  bool DiscardedValue = false,
   4432                                  bool IsConstexpr = false,
   4433                                  bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false);
   4434   StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
   4435 
   4436   // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
   4437   bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
   4438 
   4439   DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
   4440   DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4441                                   bool EnteringContext = false);
   4442   bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   4443   CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
   4444 
   4445   /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
   4446   ///
   4447   /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
   4448   ///
   4449   /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
   4450   ///
   4451   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
   4452   /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
   4453   ///
   4454   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   4455   bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
   4456                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   4457 
   4458   bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD);
   4459   NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
   4460 
   4461   bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4462                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
   4463                                     IdentifierInfo &II,
   4464                                     ParsedType ObjectType);
   4465 
   4466   bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
   4467                                    IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
   4468                                    SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
   4469                                    SourceLocation CCLoc,
   4470                                    QualType ObjectType,
   4471                                    bool EnteringContext,
   4472                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4473                                    NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
   4474                                    bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
   4475                                    bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
   4476 
   4477   /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
   4478   ///
   4479   /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
   4480   ///
   4481   /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
   4482   ///
   4483   /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
   4484   ///
   4485   /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
   4486   ///
   4487   /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
   4488   /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
   4489   ///
   4490   /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
   4491   /// this nested-name-specifier.
   4492   ///
   4493   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
   4494   /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
   4495   /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
   4496   /// including this new type).
   4497   ///
   4498   /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve
   4499   /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message.
   4500   ///
   4501   /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
   4502   /// are allowed.  The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
   4503   /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
   4504   ///
   4505   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   4506   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
   4507                                    IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
   4508                                    SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
   4509                                    SourceLocation CCLoc,
   4510                                    ParsedType ObjectType,
   4511                                    bool EnteringContext,
   4512                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4513                                    bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false,
   4514                                    bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
   4515 
   4516   ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
   4517 
   4518   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4519                                            const DeclSpec &DS,
   4520                                            SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
   4521 
   4522   bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4523                                  IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
   4524                                  SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
   4525                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   4526                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
   4527                                  bool EnteringContext);
   4528 
   4529   /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
   4530   /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
   4531   ///
   4532   /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
   4533   ///
   4534   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
   4535   /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
   4536   /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
   4537   /// including this new type).
   4538   ///
   4539   /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
   4540   /// \param TemplateName the template name.
   4541   /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
   4542   /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
   4543   /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
   4544   /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
   4545   /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
   4546   ///
   4547   /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
   4548   /// nested-name-specifier.
   4549   ///
   4550   ///
   4551   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   4552   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
   4553                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4554                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   4555                                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
   4556                                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
   4557                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
   4558                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
   4559                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
   4560                                    SourceLocation CCLoc,
   4561                                    bool EnteringContext);
   4562 
   4563   /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
   4564   /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
   4565   /// nested-name-specifier.
   4566   ///
   4567   /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
   4568   ///
   4569   /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
   4570   /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
   4571   void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   4572 
   4573   /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
   4574   /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
   4575   ///
   4576   /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
   4577   /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
   4578   ///
   4579   /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
   4580   ///
   4581   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
   4582   /// of the annotation pointer.
   4583   void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
   4584                                             SourceRange AnnotationRange,
   4585                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   4586 
   4587   bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   4588 
   4589   /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
   4590   /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
   4591   /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
   4592   /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
   4593   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
   4594   /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
   4595   bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   4596 
   4597   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
   4598   /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
   4599   /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
   4600   /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
   4601   /// defining scope.
   4602   void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   4603 
   4604   /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
   4605   /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
   4606   /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
   4607   /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
   4608   /// class X.
   4609   void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
   4610 
   4611   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
   4612   /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
   4613   void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
   4614 
   4615   /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
   4616   CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
   4617                                          TypeSourceInfo *Info,
   4618                                          bool KnownDependent,
   4619                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
   4620 
   4621   /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
   4622   CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
   4623                                        SourceRange IntroducerRange,
   4624                                        TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
   4625                                        SourceLocation EndLoc,
   4626                                        ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
   4627 
   4628   /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
   4629   void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
   4630                         CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
   4631                         SourceRange IntroducerRange,
   4632                         LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
   4633                         SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
   4634                         bool ExplicitParams,
   4635                         bool ExplicitResultType,
   4636                         bool Mutable);
   4637 
   4638   /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
   4639   /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
   4640   /// not being used to initialize a reference.
   4641   QualType performLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc,
   4642       bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *&Init);
   4643   /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
   4644   ///  call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
   4645   ///
   4646   ///  CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
   4647   ///  variables appropriately.
   4648   VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
   4649     QualType InitCaptureType, IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init);
   4650 
   4651   /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
   4652   FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
   4653 
   4654   /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
   4655   /// given lambda.
   4656   void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
   4657 
   4658   /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
   4659   void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
   4660 
   4661   /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
   4662   /// statements present in the body.
   4663   void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
   4664 
   4665   /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
   4666   /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
   4667   /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
   4668   /// lambda.
   4669   void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
   4670                                     Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
   4671 
   4672   /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
   4673   /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
   4674   void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
   4675                         bool IsInstantiation = false);
   4676 
   4677   /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
   4678   /// was successfully completed.
   4679   ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
   4680                              Scope *CurScope,
   4681                              bool IsInstantiation = false);
   4682 
   4683   /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
   4684   /// function pointer.
   4685   ///
   4686   /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
   4687   /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
   4688   /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
   4689   /// block pointer conversion.
   4690   void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
   4691          SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
   4692 
   4693   /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
   4694   /// block pointer.
   4695   ///
   4696   /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
   4697   /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
   4698   /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
   4699   /// block pointer conversion.
   4700   void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
   4701                                                     CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
   4702 
   4703   ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   4704                                            SourceLocation ConvLocation,
   4705                                            CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
   4706                                            Expr *Src);
   4707 
   4708   // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
   4709   ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
   4710                                     Expr **Strings,
   4711                                     unsigned NumStrings);
   4712 
   4713   ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
   4714 
   4715   /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
   4716   /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
   4717   /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
   4718   ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
   4719   ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
   4720                                   bool Value);
   4721   ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
   4722 
   4723   /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
   4724   /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
   4725   /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
   4726   /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
   4727   /// "char *" or "const char *".
   4728   ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
   4729 
   4730   ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
   4731                                           Expr *IndexExpr,
   4732                                           ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
   4733                                           ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
   4734 
   4735   ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
   4736                                         ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
   4737                                         unsigned NumElements);
   4738 
   4739   ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
   4740                                   TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
   4741                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4742   ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
   4743                                     CXXConversionDecl *Method,
   4744                                     bool HadMultipleCandidates);
   4745 
   4746   ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
   4747                                        SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
   4748                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   4749                                        ParsedType Ty,
   4750                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4751 
   4752   /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
   4753   ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
   4754                                          SourceLocation AtLoc,
   4755                                          SourceLocation SelLoc,
   4756                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   4757                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   4758                                          bool WarnMultipleSelectors);
   4759 
   4760   /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
   4761   ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
   4762                                          SourceLocation AtLoc,
   4763                                          SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
   4764                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   4765                                          SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
   4766                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4767 
   4768   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   4769   // C++ Declarations
   4770   //
   4771   Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
   4772                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
   4773                                        Expr *LangStr,
   4774                                        SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
   4775   Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
   4776                                         Decl *LinkageSpec,
   4777                                         SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
   4778 
   4779 
   4780   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   4781   // C++ Classes
   4782   //
   4783   bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
   4784                           const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
   4785   bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
   4786 
   4787   bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
   4788                             SourceLocation ASLoc,
   4789                             SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   4790                             AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr);
   4791 
   4792   NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
   4793                                  Declarator &D,
   4794                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
   4795                                  Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
   4796                                  InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
   4797 
   4798   void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
   4799   void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
   4800                                               SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   4801                                               Expr *Init);
   4802 
   4803   MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
   4804                                     Scope *S,
   4805                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4806                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
   4807                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
   4808                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
   4809                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
   4810                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   4811                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   4812                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   4813                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   4814 
   4815   MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
   4816                                     Scope *S,
   4817                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4818                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
   4819                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
   4820                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
   4821                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
   4822                                     Expr *InitList,
   4823                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   4824 
   4825   MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
   4826                                     Scope *S,
   4827                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4828                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
   4829                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
   4830                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
   4831                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
   4832                                     Expr *Init,
   4833                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   4834 
   4835   MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
   4836                                        Expr *Init,
   4837                                        SourceLocation IdLoc);
   4838 
   4839   MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
   4840                                      TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
   4841                                      Expr *Init,
   4842                                      CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
   4843                                      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   4844 
   4845   MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   4846                                            Expr *Init,
   4847                                            CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   4848 
   4849   bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
   4850                                 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
   4851 
   4852   bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
   4853                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
   4854 
   4855   void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
   4856 
   4857 
   4858   /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
   4859   /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
   4860   /// referenced.
   4861   void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
   4862                                               CXXRecordDecl *Record);
   4863 
   4864   /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
   4865   /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
   4866   /// first use occurred.
   4867   typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
   4868 
   4869   /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
   4870   /// materialized.
   4871   SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
   4872 
   4873   /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
   4874   /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
   4875   /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
   4876   /// by code generation).
   4877   llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
   4878 
   4879   /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
   4880   void LoadExternalVTableUses();
   4881 
   4882   typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
   4883                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
   4884     DynamicClassesType;
   4885 
   4886   /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
   4887   /// unit.
   4888   DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
   4889 
   4890   /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
   4891   /// given location.
   4892   void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
   4893                       bool DefinitionRequired = false);
   4894 
   4895   /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
   4896   /// in the given class as needed.
   4897   void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
   4898                                              const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
   4899 
   4900   /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
   4901   /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
   4902   void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
   4903                                     const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
   4904 
   4905   /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
   4906   /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
   4907   /// vtables.
   4908   ///
   4909   /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
   4910   bool DefineUsedVTables();
   4911 
   4912   void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   4913 
   4914   void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
   4915                             SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   4916                             ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
   4917                             bool AnyErrors);
   4918 
   4919   void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
   4920   void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
   4921                                          Decl *TagDecl,
   4922                                          SourceLocation LBrac,
   4923                                          SourceLocation RBrac,
   4924                                          AttributeList *AttrList);
   4925   void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
   4926 
   4927   void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
   4928   unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
   4929   void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
   4930   void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
   4931   void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
   4932   void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
   4933   void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
   4934   void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
   4935   void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
   4936                                 CachedTokens &Toks);
   4937   void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
   4938   bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
   4939 
   4940   Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
   4941                                      Expr *AssertExpr,
   4942                                      Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
   4943                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4944   Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
   4945                                      Expr *AssertExpr,
   4946                                      StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
   4947                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   4948                                      bool Failed);
   4949 
   4950   FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
   4951                                   SourceLocation FriendLoc,
   4952                                   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
   4953   Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
   4954                             MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
   4955   NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
   4956                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
   4957 
   4958   QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
   4959                                       StorageClass& SC);
   4960   void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
   4961   QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
   4962                                      StorageClass& SC);
   4963   bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
   4964   void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
   4965                                  StorageClass& SC);
   4966   Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
   4967 
   4968   void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   4969   void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
   4970                                                    const FunctionProtoType *T);
   4971   void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
   4972 
   4973   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   4974   // C++ Derived Classes
   4975   //
   4976 
   4977   /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
   4978   CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
   4979                                        SourceRange SpecifierRange,
   4980                                        bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
   4981                                        TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   4982                                        SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   4983 
   4984   BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
   4985                                 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
   4986                                 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
   4987                                 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
   4988                                 ParsedType basetype,
   4989                                 SourceLocation BaseLoc,
   4990                                 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   4991 
   4992   bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
   4993                             unsigned NumBases);
   4994   void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
   4995                            unsigned NumBases);
   4996 
   4997   bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
   4998   bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
   4999 
   5000   // FIXME: I don't like this name.
   5001   void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
   5002 
   5003   bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
   5004 
   5005   bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
   5006                                     SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
   5007                                     CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
   5008                                     bool IgnoreAccess = false);
   5009   bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
   5010                                     unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
   5011                                     unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
   5012                                     SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
   5013                                     DeclarationName Name,
   5014                                     CXXCastPath *BasePath);
   5015 
   5016   std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
   5017 
   5018   bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
   5019                                          const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
   5020 
   5021   /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
   5022   /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
   5023   bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
   5024                                          const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
   5025 
   5026   /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
   5027   /// spec is a subset of base spec.
   5028   bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
   5029                                             const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
   5030 
   5031   bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
   5032 
   5033   /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
   5034   void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
   5035 
   5036   /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
   5037   /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
   5038   /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
   5039   bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
   5040                                               const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
   5041 
   5042 
   5043   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   5044   // C++ Access Control
   5045   //
   5046 
   5047   enum AccessResult {
   5048     AR_accessible,
   5049     AR_inaccessible,
   5050     AR_dependent,
   5051     AR_delayed
   5052   };
   5053 
   5054   bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
   5055                                 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
   5056                                 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
   5057 
   5058   AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
   5059                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
   5060   AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
   5061                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
   5062   AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
   5063                                      SourceRange PlacementRange,
   5064                                      CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
   5065                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   5066                                      bool Diagnose = true);
   5067   AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
   5068                                       CXXConstructorDecl *D,
   5069                                       const InitializedEntity &Entity,
   5070                                       AccessSpecifier Access,
   5071                                       bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
   5072   AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
   5073                                       CXXConstructorDecl *D,
   5074                                       const InitializedEntity &Entity,
   5075                                       AccessSpecifier Access,
   5076                                       const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
   5077   AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
   5078                                      CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
   5079                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
   5080                                      QualType objectType = QualType());
   5081   AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
   5082   AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
   5083                                  CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
   5084                                  DeclAccessPair Found);
   5085   AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
   5086                                          Expr *ObjectExpr,
   5087                                          Expr *ArgExpr,
   5088                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
   5089   AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
   5090                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
   5091   AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
   5092                                     QualType Base, QualType Derived,
   5093                                     const CXXBasePath &Path,
   5094                                     unsigned DiagID,
   5095                                     bool ForceCheck = false,
   5096                                     bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
   5097   void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
   5098   bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
   5099   bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
   5100                                             AccessSpecifier access,
   5101                                             QualType objectType);
   5102 
   5103   void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
   5104                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   5105   void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
   5106                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   5107 
   5108   void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
   5109 
   5110   /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
   5111   /// failures rather than hard errors.
   5112   bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
   5113 
   5114   enum AbstractDiagSelID {
   5115     AbstractNone = -1,
   5116     AbstractReturnType,
   5117     AbstractParamType,
   5118     AbstractVariableType,
   5119     AbstractFieldType,
   5120     AbstractIvarType,
   5121     AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
   5122     AbstractArrayType
   5123   };
   5124 
   5125   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   5126                               TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
   5127   template<typename T1>
   5128   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   5129                               unsigned DiagID,
   5130                               const T1 &Arg1) {
   5131     BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
   5132     return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   5133   }
   5134 
   5135   template<typename T1, typename T2>
   5136   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   5137                               unsigned DiagID,
   5138                               const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
   5139     BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
   5140     return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   5141   }
   5142 
   5143   template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
   5144   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   5145                               unsigned DiagID,
   5146                               const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
   5147     BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
   5148     return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   5149   }
   5150 
   5151   void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
   5152 
   5153   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
   5154                               AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
   5155 
   5156   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   5157   // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
   5158   //
   5159 
   5160   bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
   5161 
   5162   bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
   5163 
   5164   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   5165   // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
   5166   //
   5167   void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
   5168                                      bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
   5169   bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
   5170                                      bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
   5171 
   5172   void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5173                           QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
   5174                           bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
   5175 
   5176   TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
   5177                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5178                                   bool hasTemplateKeyword,
   5179                                   UnqualifiedId &Name,
   5180                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
   5181                                   bool EnteringContext,
   5182                                   TemplateTy &Template,
   5183                                   bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
   5184 
   5185   bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
   5186                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
   5187                                    Scope *S,
   5188                                    const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
   5189                                    TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
   5190                                    TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
   5191 
   5192   void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
   5193   TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
   5194 
   5195   Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename,
   5196                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
   5197                            SourceLocation KeyLoc,
   5198                            IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
   5199                            SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
   5200                            unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
   5201                            SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   5202                            ParsedType DefaultArg);
   5203 
   5204   QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
   5205   Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
   5206                                       unsigned Depth,
   5207                                       unsigned Position,
   5208                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   5209                                       Expr *DefaultArg);
   5210   Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
   5211                                        SourceLocation TmpLoc,
   5212                                        TemplateParameterList *Params,
   5213                                        SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
   5214                                        IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
   5215                                        SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
   5216                                        unsigned Depth,
   5217                                        unsigned Position,
   5218                                        SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   5219                                        ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
   5220 
   5221   TemplateParameterList *
   5222   ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
   5223                              SourceLocation ExportLoc,
   5224                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5225                              SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
   5226                              Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
   5227                              SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
   5228 
   5229   /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
   5230   enum TemplateParamListContext {
   5231     TPC_ClassTemplate,
   5232     TPC_VarTemplate,
   5233     TPC_FunctionTemplate,
   5234     TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
   5235     TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
   5236     TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
   5237     TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
   5238     TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
   5239   };
   5240 
   5241   bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
   5242                                   TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
   5243                                   TemplateParamListContext TPC);
   5244   TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
   5245       SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
   5246       const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
   5247       ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
   5248       bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
   5249 
   5250   DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
   5251                                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5252                                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
   5253                                 AttributeList *Attr,
   5254                                 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
   5255                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
   5256                                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
   5257                                 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
   5258                             TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
   5259 
   5260   void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
   5261                                   TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
   5262 
   5263   void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
   5264 
   5265   QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
   5266                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5267                               TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
   5268 
   5269   TypeResult
   5270   ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   5271                       TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5272                       SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
   5273                       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
   5274                       SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
   5275                       bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
   5276 
   5277   /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
   5278   /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
   5279   TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
   5280                                     TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
   5281                                     SourceLocation TagLoc,
   5282                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5283                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   5284                                     TemplateTy TemplateD,
   5285                                     SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5286                                     SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
   5287                                     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
   5288                                     SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
   5289 
   5290   DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
   5291       Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
   5292       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
   5293       StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
   5294 
   5295   DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
   5296                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5297                                 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
   5298                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
   5299 
   5300   ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5301                                 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   5302                                 VarTemplateDecl *Template,
   5303                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5304                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   5305 
   5306   ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5307                                  SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   5308                                  LookupResult &R,
   5309                                  bool RequiresADL,
   5310                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   5311 
   5312   ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5313                                           SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   5314                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   5315                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   5316 
   5317   TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
   5318                                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5319                                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   5320                                               UnqualifiedId &Name,
   5321                                               ParsedType ObjectType,
   5322                                               bool EnteringContext,
   5323                                               TemplateTy &Template);
   5324 
   5325   DeclResult
   5326   ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
   5327                                    SourceLocation KWLoc,
   5328                                    SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
   5329                                    TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId,
   5330                                    AttributeList *Attr,
   5331                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
   5332 
   5333   Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
   5334                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
   5335                                 Declarator &D);
   5336 
   5337   Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
   5338                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
   5339                                         Declarator &D);
   5340 
   5341   bool
   5342   CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
   5343                                          TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
   5344                                          NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
   5345                                          TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
   5346                                          SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
   5347                                          bool &SuppressNew);
   5348 
   5349   bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
   5350                     const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   5351                                                     LookupResult &Previous);
   5352 
   5353   bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
   5354                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   5355                                            LookupResult &Previous);
   5356   bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
   5357 
   5358   DeclResult
   5359   ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
   5360                              SourceLocation ExternLoc,
   5361                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5362                              unsigned TagSpec,
   5363                              SourceLocation KWLoc,
   5364                              const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5365                              TemplateTy Template,
   5366                              SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
   5367                              SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
   5368                              ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
   5369                              SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
   5370                              AttributeList *Attr);
   5371 
   5372   DeclResult
   5373   ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
   5374                              SourceLocation ExternLoc,
   5375                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5376                              unsigned TagSpec,
   5377                              SourceLocation KWLoc,
   5378                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5379                              IdentifierInfo *Name,
   5380                              SourceLocation NameLoc,
   5381                              AttributeList *Attr);
   5382 
   5383   DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
   5384                                         SourceLocation ExternLoc,
   5385                                         SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5386                                         Declarator &D);
   5387 
   5388   TemplateArgumentLoc
   5389   SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
   5390                                           SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5391                                           SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
   5392                                           Decl *Param,
   5393                                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
   5394                                             &Converted,
   5395                                           bool &HasDefaultArg);
   5396 
   5397   /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
   5398   /// argument is being checked.
   5399   enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
   5400     /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
   5401     /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
   5402     CTAK_Specified,
   5403 
   5404     /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
   5405     /// deduction.
   5406     CTAK_Deduced,
   5407 
   5408     /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
   5409     /// via template argument deduction.
   5410     CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
   5411   };
   5412 
   5413   bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
   5414                              TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
   5415                              NamedDecl *Template,
   5416                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5417                              SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
   5418                              unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
   5419                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
   5420                              CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
   5421 
   5422   /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
   5423   /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
   5424   ///
   5425   /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
   5426   /// provided.
   5427   ///
   5428   /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
   5429   ///
   5430   /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
   5431   /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
   5432   /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
   5433   /// arguments.
   5434   ///
   5435   /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
   5436   /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
   5437   /// set of template arguments.
   5438   ///
   5439   /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
   5440   /// arguments.
   5441   ///
   5442   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5443   bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
   5444                                  SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5445                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
   5446                                  bool PartialTemplateArgs,
   5447                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
   5448 
   5449   bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
   5450                                  TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
   5451                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
   5452 
   5453   bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
   5454                              TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
   5455   ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
   5456                                    QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
   5457                                    TemplateArgument &Converted,
   5458                                CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
   5459   bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
   5460                              TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
   5461                              unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
   5462 
   5463   ExprResult
   5464   BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
   5465                                           QualType ParamType,
   5466                                           SourceLocation Loc);
   5467   ExprResult
   5468   BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
   5469                                               SourceLocation Loc);
   5470 
   5471   /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
   5472   /// for equality.
   5473   enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
   5474     /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
   5475     /// that might be redeclarations.
   5476     ///
   5477     /// \code
   5478     /// template<typename T> struct X;
   5479     /// template<typename T> struct X;
   5480     /// \endcode
   5481     TPL_TemplateMatch,
   5482 
   5483     /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
   5484     /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
   5485     /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
   5486     ///
   5487     /// \code
   5488     /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
   5489     /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
   5490     /// \endcode
   5491     TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
   5492 
   5493     /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
   5494     /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
   5495     /// template parameter.
   5496     ///
   5497     /// \code
   5498     /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
   5499     /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
   5500     /// X<integer_c> xic;
   5501     /// \endcode
   5502     TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
   5503   };
   5504 
   5505   bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
   5506                                       TemplateParameterList *Old,
   5507                                       bool Complain,
   5508                                       TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
   5509                                       SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
   5510                                         = SourceLocation());
   5511 
   5512   bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
   5513 
   5514   /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
   5515   /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
   5516   ///
   5517   /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
   5518   /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
   5519   /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
   5520   /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
   5521   /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
   5522   TypeResult
   5523   ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
   5524                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
   5525                     SourceLocation IdLoc);
   5526 
   5527   /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
   5528   /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
   5529   /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
   5530   ///
   5531   /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
   5532   /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
   5533   /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
   5534   /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
   5535   /// \param TemplateName The template name.
   5536   /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
   5537   /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
   5538   /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
   5539   /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
   5540   TypeResult
   5541   ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
   5542                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5543                     SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5544                     TemplateTy TemplateName,
   5545                     SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
   5546                     SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
   5547                     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
   5548                     SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
   5549 
   5550   QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
   5551                              SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
   5552                              NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
   5553                              const IdentifierInfo &II,
   5554                              SourceLocation IILoc);
   5555 
   5556   TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
   5557                                                     SourceLocation Loc,
   5558                                                     DeclarationName Name);
   5559   bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   5560 
   5561   ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
   5562   bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
   5563                                                 TemplateParameterList *Params);
   5564 
   5565   std::string
   5566   getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
   5567                                   const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
   5568 
   5569   std::string
   5570   getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
   5571                                   const TemplateArgument *Args,
   5572                                   unsigned NumArgs);
   5573 
   5574   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   5575   // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
   5576   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   5577 
   5578   /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
   5579   /// being diagnosed.
   5580   ///
   5581   /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
   5582   /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
   5583   enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
   5584     /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
   5585     UPPC_Expression = 0,
   5586 
   5587     /// \brief The base type of a class type.
   5588     UPPC_BaseType,
   5589 
   5590     /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
   5591     UPPC_DeclarationType,
   5592 
   5593     /// \brief The type of a data member.
   5594     UPPC_DataMemberType,
   5595 
   5596     /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
   5597     UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
   5598 
   5599     /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
   5600     UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
   5601 
   5602     /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
   5603     UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
   5604 
   5605     /// \brief The enumerator value.
   5606     UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
   5607 
   5608     /// \brief A using declaration.
   5609     UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
   5610 
   5611     /// \brief A friend declaration.
   5612     UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
   5613 
   5614     /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
   5615     UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
   5616 
   5617     /// \brief An initializer.
   5618     UPPC_Initializer,
   5619 
   5620     /// \brief A default argument.
   5621     UPPC_DefaultArgument,
   5622 
   5623     /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
   5624     UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
   5625 
   5626     /// \brief The type of an exception.
   5627     UPPC_ExceptionType,
   5628 
   5629     /// \brief Partial specialization.
   5630     UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
   5631 
   5632     /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
   5633     UPPC_IfExists,
   5634 
   5635     /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
   5636     UPPC_IfNotExists,
   5637 
   5638     /// \brief Lambda expression.
   5639     UPPC_Lambda,
   5640 
   5641     /// \brief Block expression,
   5642     UPPC_Block
   5643   };
   5644 
   5645   /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
   5646   ///
   5647   /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
   5648   ///
   5649   /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
   5650   /// parameter packs.
   5651   ///
   5652   /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
   5653   ///
   5654   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5655   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
   5656                                         UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
   5657                                   ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
   5658 
   5659   /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
   5660   /// diagnose the error.
   5661   ///
   5662   /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
   5663   ///
   5664   /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
   5665   /// packs.
   5666   ///
   5667   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5668   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
   5669                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
   5670 
   5671   /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
   5672   /// pack, diagnose the error.
   5673   ///
   5674   /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
   5675   /// parameter packs.
   5676   ///
   5677   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5678   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
   5679                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
   5680 
   5681   /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
   5682   /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
   5683   ///
   5684   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
   5685   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5686   ///
   5687   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5688   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5689                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
   5690 
   5691   /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
   5692   /// diagnose the error.
   5693   ///
   5694   /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
   5695   /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
   5696   ///
   5697   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5698   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   5699                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
   5700 
   5701   /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
   5702   /// diagnose the error.
   5703   ///
   5704   /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
   5705   ///
   5706   /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
   5707   /// parameter packs.
   5708   ///
   5709   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5710   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
   5711                                        TemplateName Template,
   5712                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
   5713 
   5714   /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
   5715   /// pack, diagnose the error.
   5716   ///
   5717   /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
   5718   /// parameter packs.
   5719   ///
   5720   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5721   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
   5722                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
   5723 
   5724   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
   5725   /// template argument.
   5726   ///
   5727   /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
   5728   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5729   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
   5730                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
   5731 
   5732   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
   5733   /// template argument.
   5734   ///
   5735   /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
   5736   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5737   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
   5738                     SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
   5739 
   5740   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
   5741   /// type.
   5742   ///
   5743   /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
   5744   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5745   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
   5746                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
   5747 
   5748   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
   5749   /// type.
   5750   ///
   5751   /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
   5752   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5753   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
   5754                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
   5755 
   5756   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
   5757   /// nested-name-specifier.
   5758   ///
   5759   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
   5760   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5761   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5762                          SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
   5763 
   5764   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
   5765   /// name.
   5766   ///
   5767   /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
   5768   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5769   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   5770                          SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
   5771 
   5772   /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
   5773   /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
   5774   ///
   5775   /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
   5776   /// may already be invalid.
   5777   ///
   5778   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
   5779   ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
   5780                                             SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   5781 
   5782   /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
   5783   /// creates a pack expansion.
   5784   ///
   5785   /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
   5786   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
   5787   ///
   5788   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
   5789   TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   5790 
   5791   /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
   5792   /// expansion.
   5793   TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
   5794                                      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
   5795                                      Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
   5796 
   5797   /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
   5798   /// expansion.
   5799   QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
   5800                               SourceRange PatternRange,
   5801                               SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
   5802                               Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
   5803 
   5804   /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
   5805   /// creates a pack expansion.
   5806   ///
   5807   /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
   5808   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
   5809   ///
   5810   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
   5811   ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   5812 
   5813   /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
   5814   /// creates a pack expansion.
   5815   ///
   5816   /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
   5817   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
   5818   ///
   5819   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
   5820   ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
   5821                                 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
   5822 
   5823   /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
   5824   /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
   5825   /// transforming the pattern.
   5826   ///
   5827   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
   5828   /// pack expansion.
   5829   ///
   5830   /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
   5831   /// the pack expansion.
   5832   ///
   5833   /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
   5834   /// pattern.
   5835   ///
   5836   /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
   5837   /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
   5838   /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
   5839   ///
   5840   /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
   5841   /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
   5842   /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
   5843   /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
   5844   ///
   5845   /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
   5846   /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
   5847   /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
   5848   /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
   5849   /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
   5850   /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
   5851   /// set this value in other cases.
   5852   ///
   5853   /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
   5854   /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
   5855   /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
   5856   /// must be set.
   5857   bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
   5858                                        SourceRange PatternRange,
   5859                              ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
   5860                              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   5861                                        bool &ShouldExpand,
   5862                                        bool &RetainExpansion,
   5863                                        Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
   5864 
   5865   /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
   5866   /// type.
   5867   ///
   5868   /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
   5869   /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
   5870   ///
   5871   /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
   5872   Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
   5873       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   5874 
   5875   /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
   5876   /// parameter packs.
   5877   ///
   5878   /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
   5879   /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
   5880   ///
   5881   /// \code
   5882   ///   void f(T...);
   5883   /// \endcode
   5884   ///
   5885   /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
   5886   /// a variadic function.
   5887   ///
   5888   /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
   5889   /// false otherwise.
   5890   bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
   5891 
   5892   /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
   5893   ///
   5894   /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
   5895   ///
   5896   /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
   5897   ///
   5898   /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
   5899   /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
   5900   TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
   5901       TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
   5902       SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
   5903       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
   5904 
   5905   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   5906   // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
   5907   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   5908 
   5909   QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType);
   5910 
   5911   /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
   5912   ///
   5913   /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
   5914   /// template argument deduction, as returned from
   5915   /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
   5916   /// structure provides additional information about the results of
   5917   /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
   5918   /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
   5919   /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
   5920   enum TemplateDeductionResult {
   5921     /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
   5922     TDK_Success = 0,
   5923     /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
   5924     TDK_Invalid,
   5925     /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
   5926     /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
   5927     TDK_InstantiationDepth,
   5928     /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
   5929     /// for every template parameter.
   5930     TDK_Incomplete,
   5931     /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
   5932     /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
   5933     TDK_Inconsistent,
   5934     /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
   5935     /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
   5936     /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
   5937     /// but were given a non-const "X".
   5938     TDK_Underqualified,
   5939     /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
   5940     /// resulted in an error.
   5941     TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
   5942     /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
   5943     /// corresponding component of the argument.
   5944     TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
   5945     /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
   5946     /// template, there were too many call arguments.
   5947     TDK_TooManyArguments,
   5948     /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
   5949     /// template, there were too few call arguments.
   5950     TDK_TooFewArguments,
   5951     /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
   5952     /// template arguments for the given template.
   5953     TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
   5954     /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
   5955     /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
   5956     TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
   5957     /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
   5958     TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
   5959   };
   5960 
   5961   TemplateDeductionResult
   5962   DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
   5963                           const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   5964                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
   5965 
   5966   TemplateDeductionResult
   5967   DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
   5968                           const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   5969                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
   5970 
   5971   TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
   5972       FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   5973       TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   5974       SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
   5975       SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
   5976       sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
   5977 
   5978   /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
   5979   // deduction for a call.
   5980   struct OriginalCallArg {
   5981     OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
   5982                     unsigned ArgIdx,
   5983                     QualType OriginalArgType)
   5984       : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
   5985         OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
   5986 
   5987     QualType OriginalParamType;
   5988     unsigned ArgIdx;
   5989     QualType OriginalArgType;
   5990   };
   5991 
   5992   TemplateDeductionResult
   5993   FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   5994                       SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
   5995                                   unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
   5996                                   FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
   5997                                   sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
   5998            SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr);
   5999 
   6000   TemplateDeductionResult
   6001   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   6002                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   6003                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   6004                           FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
   6005                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
   6006 
   6007   TemplateDeductionResult
   6008   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   6009                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   6010                           QualType ArgFunctionType,
   6011                           FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
   6012                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
   6013                           bool InOverloadResolution = false);
   6014 
   6015   TemplateDeductionResult
   6016   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   6017                           QualType ToType,
   6018                           CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
   6019                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
   6020 
   6021   TemplateDeductionResult
   6022   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   6023                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   6024                           FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
   6025                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
   6026                           bool InOverloadResolution = false);
   6027 
   6028   /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
   6029   QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
   6030   /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
   6031   TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
   6032                                           QualType Replacement);
   6033 
   6034   /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
   6035   enum DeduceAutoResult {
   6036     DAR_Succeeded,
   6037     DAR_Failed,
   6038     DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
   6039   };
   6040 
   6041   DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
   6042                                   QualType &Result);
   6043   DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
   6044                                   QualType &Result);
   6045   void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
   6046   bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
   6047                         bool Diagnose = true);
   6048 
   6049   bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
   6050                                         SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
   6051                                         Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
   6052 
   6053   FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
   6054                                                    FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
   6055                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
   6056                                            TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
   6057                                                    unsigned NumCallArguments1,
   6058                                                    unsigned NumCallArguments2);
   6059   UnresolvedSetIterator
   6060   getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
   6061                      TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
   6062                      SourceLocation Loc,
   6063                      const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
   6064                      const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
   6065                      const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
   6066                      bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
   6067 
   6068   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
   6069   getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
   6070                                   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
   6071                                   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
   6072                                   SourceLocation Loc);
   6073 
   6074   VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
   6075       VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
   6076       VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
   6077 
   6078   void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6079                                   bool OnlyDeduced,
   6080                                   unsigned Depth,
   6081                                   llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
   6082   void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
   6083                                   const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   6084                                   llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
   6085     return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
   6086   }
   6087   static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
   6088                                   const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   6089                                   llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
   6090 
   6091   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   6092   // C++ Template Instantiation
   6093   //
   6094 
   6095   MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList
   6096   getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
   6097                                const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr,
   6098                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
   6099                                const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr);
   6100 
   6101   /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
   6102   struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
   6103     /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
   6104     enum InstantiationKind {
   6105       /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
   6106       /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
   6107       TemplateInstantiation,
   6108 
   6109       /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
   6110       /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
   6111       /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
   6112       /// arguments as specified.
   6113       /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
   6114       DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
   6115 
   6116       /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
   6117       /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
   6118       /// provides the template arguments as specified.
   6119       DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
   6120 
   6121       /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
   6122       /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
   6123       ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
   6124 
   6125       /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
   6126       /// template argument deduction for either a class template
   6127       /// partial specialization or a function template. The
   6128       /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
   6129       /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
   6130       DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
   6131 
   6132       /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
   6133       /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
   6134       /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
   6135       PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
   6136 
   6137       /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
   6138       /// has been used when naming a template-id.
   6139       DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
   6140 
   6141       /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
   6142       /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
   6143       ExceptionSpecInstantiation
   6144     } Kind;
   6145 
   6146     /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
   6147     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
   6148 
   6149     /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
   6150     /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
   6151     /// arguments.
   6152     NamedDecl *Template;
   6153 
   6154     /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
   6155     Decl *Entity;
   6156 
   6157     /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
   6158     /// are not part of the entity.
   6159     const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
   6160 
   6161     /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
   6162     unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
   6163 
   6164     /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
   6165     /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
   6166     sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
   6167 
   6168     /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
   6169     /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
   6170     /// template instantiation.
   6171     SourceRange InstantiationRange;
   6172 
   6173     ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
   6174       : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(nullptr), Entity(nullptr),
   6175         TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {}
   6176 
   6177     /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
   6178     /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
   6179     bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
   6180 
   6181     friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
   6182                            const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
   6183       if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
   6184         return false;
   6185 
   6186       if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
   6187         return false;
   6188 
   6189       switch (X.Kind) {
   6190       case TemplateInstantiation:
   6191       case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
   6192         return true;
   6193 
   6194       case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
   6195       case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
   6196         return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
   6197 
   6198       case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
   6199       case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
   6200       case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
   6201       case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
   6202         return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
   6203 
   6204       }
   6205 
   6206       llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
   6207     }
   6208 
   6209     friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
   6210                            const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
   6211       return !(X == Y);
   6212     }
   6213   };
   6214 
   6215   /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
   6216   ///
   6217   /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
   6218   /// requires another template instantiation, additional
   6219   /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
   6220   /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
   6221   SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
   6222     ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
   6223 
   6224   /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
   6225   /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
   6226   SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules;
   6227 
   6228   /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
   6229   /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
   6230   /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
   6231   llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
   6232 
   6233   /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
   6234   /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
   6235   /// template defined within it.
   6236   llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
   6237 
   6238   /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
   6239   /// template instantiation.
   6240   ///
   6241   /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
   6242   /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
   6243   bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
   6244 
   6245   /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
   6246   /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
   6247   /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
   6248   unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
   6249 
   6250   /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
   6251   /// error or warning was produced.
   6252   ///
   6253   /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
   6254   /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
   6255   /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
   6256   /// to implement it anywhere else.
   6257   ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
   6258 
   6259   /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
   6260   /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
   6261   ///
   6262   /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
   6263   /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
   6264   /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
   6265   int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
   6266 
   6267   /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
   6268   /// within a \c Sema object.
   6269   ///
   6270   /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
   6271   class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
   6272     Sema &Self;
   6273     int OldSubstitutionIndex;
   6274 
   6275   public:
   6276     ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
   6277       : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
   6278       Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
   6279     }
   6280 
   6281     ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
   6282       Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
   6283     }
   6284   };
   6285 
   6286   friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
   6287 
   6288   /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
   6289   ///
   6290   /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
   6291   /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
   6292   SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
   6293 
   6294   /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
   6295   /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
   6296   /// deduction.
   6297   ///
   6298   /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
   6299   typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
   6300     SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
   6301   SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
   6302 
   6303   /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
   6304   /// instantiation.
   6305   ///
   6306   /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
   6307   /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
   6308   /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
   6309   /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
   6310   /// produces an error and evaluates true.
   6311   ///
   6312   /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
   6313   /// the stack.
   6314   struct InstantiatingTemplate {
   6315     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
   6316     /// function template, or a member thereof.
   6317     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6318                           Decl *Entity,
   6319                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   6320 
   6321     struct ExceptionSpecification {};
   6322     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
   6323     /// of a function template.
   6324     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6325                           FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
   6326                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   6327 
   6328     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
   6329     /// template-id.
   6330     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6331                           TemplateDecl *Template,
   6332                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   6333                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   6334 
   6335     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
   6336     /// template-id.
   6337     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6338                           FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   6339                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   6340                           ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
   6341                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
   6342                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   6343 
   6344     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
   6345     /// argument deduction for a class template partial
   6346     /// specialization.
   6347     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6348                           ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
   6349                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   6350                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
   6351                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   6352 
   6353     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
   6354     /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
   6355     /// specialization.
   6356     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6357                           VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
   6358                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   6359                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
   6360                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   6361 
   6362     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6363                           ParmVarDecl *Param,
   6364                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   6365                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   6366 
   6367     /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
   6368     /// non-type parameter.
   6369     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6370                           NamedDecl *Template,
   6371                           NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
   6372                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   6373                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
   6374 
   6375     /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
   6376     /// template template parameter.
   6377     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6378                           NamedDecl *Template,
   6379                           TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
   6380                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   6381                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
   6382 
   6383     /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
   6384     /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
   6385     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6386                           TemplateDecl *Template,
   6387                           NamedDecl *Param,
   6388                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   6389                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
   6390 
   6391 
   6392     /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
   6393     void Clear();
   6394 
   6395     ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
   6396 
   6397     /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
   6398     /// recursive template instantiations.
   6399     bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
   6400 
   6401   private:
   6402     Sema &SemaRef;
   6403     bool Invalid;
   6404     bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
   6405     bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6406                                  SourceRange InstantiationRange);
   6407 
   6408     // FIXME: Replace this with a constructor once we can use delegating
   6409     // constructors in llvm.
   6410     void Initialize(
   6411         ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
   6412         SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange,
   6413         Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr,
   6414         ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = ArrayRef<TemplateArgument>(),
   6415         sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr);
   6416 
   6417     InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   6418 
   6419     InstantiatingTemplate&
   6420     operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   6421   };
   6422 
   6423   void PrintInstantiationStack();
   6424 
   6425   /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
   6426   /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
   6427   /// errors.
   6428   ///
   6429   /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
   6430   /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
   6431   /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
   6432   /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
   6433   Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
   6434 
   6435   /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
   6436   /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
   6437   bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
   6438     assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
   6439            "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
   6440     return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
   6441   }
   6442 
   6443   /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
   6444   /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
   6445   /// deduction.
   6446   class SFINAETrap {
   6447     Sema &SemaRef;
   6448     unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
   6449     bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
   6450     bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
   6451 
   6452   public:
   6453     explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
   6454       : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
   6455         PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
   6456                                       SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
   6457         PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
   6458     {
   6459       if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
   6460         SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
   6461       SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
   6462     }
   6463 
   6464     ~SFINAETrap() {
   6465       SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
   6466       SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
   6467         = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
   6468       SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
   6469     }
   6470 
   6471     /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
   6472     bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
   6473       return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
   6474     }
   6475   };
   6476 
   6477   /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
   6478   /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
   6479   /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
   6480   /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
   6481   class TentativeAnalysisScope {
   6482     Sema &SemaRef;
   6483     // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
   6484     SFINAETrap Trap;
   6485     bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
   6486   public:
   6487     explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
   6488         : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
   6489           PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
   6490       SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
   6491     }
   6492     ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
   6493       SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
   6494     }
   6495   };
   6496 
   6497   /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
   6498   /// variables.
   6499   LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
   6500 
   6501   /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
   6502   /// disabled.
   6503   bool DisableTypoCorrection;
   6504 
   6505   /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
   6506   unsigned TyposCorrected;
   6507 
   6508   typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
   6509     UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
   6510 
   6511   /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
   6512   /// name lookup.
   6513   ///
   6514   /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
   6515   /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
   6516   /// string represents a keyword.
   6517   UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
   6518 
   6519   typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
   6520   typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
   6521 
   6522   /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
   6523   /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
   6524   /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
   6525   IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
   6526 
   6527   /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
   6528   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
   6529 
   6530   /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
   6531   ///
   6532   /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
   6533   /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
   6534   /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
   6535   /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
   6536   /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
   6537   /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
   6538   typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
   6539 
   6540   /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
   6541   /// but have not yet been performed.
   6542   std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
   6543 
   6544   /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
   6545   /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
   6546   ///
   6547   /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
   6548   /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
   6549   /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
   6550   /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
   6551   std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
   6552 
   6553   class SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII {
   6554   public:
   6555     SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
   6556       SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
   6557           S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
   6558     }
   6559 
   6560     ~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII() {
   6561       assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
   6562              "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
   6563       SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
   6564           S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
   6565     }
   6566 
   6567   private:
   6568     Sema &S;
   6569     std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
   6570     SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
   6571   };
   6572 
   6573   void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
   6574 
   6575   TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
   6576                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6577                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
   6578 
   6579   QualType SubstType(QualType T,
   6580                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6581                      SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
   6582 
   6583   TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
   6584                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6585                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
   6586 
   6587   TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
   6588                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6589                                         SourceLocation Loc,
   6590                                         DeclarationName Entity,
   6591                                         CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
   6592                                         unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
   6593   ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
   6594                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6595                                 int indexAdjustment,
   6596                                 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
   6597                                 bool ExpectParameterPack);
   6598   bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
   6599                       ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
   6600                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6601                       SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
   6602                       SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = nullptr);
   6603   ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
   6604                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6605 
   6606   /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
   6607   /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
   6608   ///
   6609   /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
   6610   ///
   6611   /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
   6612   ///
   6613   /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
   6614   /// default arguments will be dropped.
   6615   ///
   6616   /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
   6617   ///
   6618   /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
   6619   ///
   6620   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   6621   bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
   6622                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6623                   SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
   6624 
   6625   StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
   6626                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6627 
   6628   Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
   6629                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6630 
   6631   ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
   6632                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6633                        bool CXXDirectInit);
   6634 
   6635   bool
   6636   SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
   6637                       CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
   6638                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6639 
   6640   bool
   6641   InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6642                    CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
   6643                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6644                    TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
   6645                    bool Complain = true);
   6646 
   6647   bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6648                        EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
   6649                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6650                        TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
   6651 
   6652   struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
   6653     const Attr *TmplAttr;
   6654     LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
   6655     Decl *NewDecl;
   6656 
   6657     LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
   6658                               Decl *D)
   6659       : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
   6660     { }
   6661   };
   6662   typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
   6663 
   6664   void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6665                         const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
   6666                         LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
   6667                         LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
   6668 
   6669   bool
   6670   InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6671                            ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
   6672                            TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
   6673                            bool Complain = true);
   6674 
   6675   void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6676                                CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
   6677                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6678                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
   6679 
   6680   void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
   6681                                           SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6682                            ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
   6683                                                 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
   6684 
   6685   NestedNameSpecifierLoc
   6686   SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
   6687                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6688 
   6689   DeclarationNameInfo
   6690   SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   6691                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6692   TemplateName
   6693   SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
   6694                     SourceLocation Loc,
   6695                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6696   bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
   6697              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
   6698              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6699 
   6700   void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6701                                 FunctionDecl *Function);
   6702   void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6703                                      FunctionDecl *Function,
   6704                                      bool Recursive = false,
   6705                                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
   6706   VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
   6707       VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
   6708       const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
   6709       const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
   6710       SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
   6711       SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
   6712       LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
   6713       LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr);
   6714   VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
   6715       VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
   6716       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6717   void
   6718   BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
   6719                              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6720                              LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
   6721                              DeclContext *Owner,
   6722                              LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
   6723                              bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
   6724   void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
   6725       VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
   6726       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6727   void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6728                                      VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
   6729                                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
   6730   void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
   6731                                      SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6732                                      VarDecl *Var,
   6733                                      bool Recursive = false,
   6734                                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
   6735 
   6736   void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
   6737                                   const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
   6738                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6739 
   6740   NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
   6741                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6742   DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
   6743                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6744 
   6745   // Objective-C declarations.
   6746   enum ObjCContainerKind {
   6747     OCK_None = -1,
   6748     OCK_Interface = 0,
   6749     OCK_Protocol,
   6750     OCK_Category,
   6751     OCK_ClassExtension,
   6752     OCK_Implementation,
   6753     OCK_CategoryImplementation
   6754   };
   6755   ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
   6756 
   6757   Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
   6758                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   6759                                  SourceLocation ClassLoc,
   6760                                  IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
   6761                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
   6762                                  Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
   6763                                  unsigned NumProtoRefs,
   6764                                  const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
   6765                                  SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
   6766                                  AttributeList *AttrList);
   6767 
   6768   void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
   6769                                IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
   6770                                SourceLocation SuperLoc);
   6771 
   6772   Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
   6773                     SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
   6774                     IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
   6775                     IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
   6776 
   6777   bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
   6778     IdentifierInfo *PName,
   6779     SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
   6780     const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
   6781 
   6782   Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
   6783                     SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
   6784                     IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
   6785                     Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
   6786                     const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
   6787                     SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
   6788                     AttributeList *AttrList);
   6789 
   6790   Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
   6791                                     IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   6792                                     SourceLocation ClassLoc,
   6793                                     IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
   6794                                     SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
   6795                                     Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
   6796                                     unsigned NumProtoRefs,
   6797                                     const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
   6798                                     SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
   6799 
   6800   Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
   6801                     SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
   6802                     IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
   6803                     IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
   6804                     SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
   6805 
   6806   Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
   6807                                          IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   6808                                          SourceLocation ClassLoc,
   6809                                          IdentifierInfo *CatName,
   6810                                          SourceLocation CatLoc);
   6811 
   6812   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
   6813                                                ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
   6814 
   6815   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
   6816                                      IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
   6817                                      SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
   6818                                      unsigned NumElts);
   6819 
   6820   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
   6821                                         const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
   6822                                         unsigned NumElts,
   6823                                         AttributeList *attrList);
   6824 
   6825   void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
   6826                                const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
   6827                                unsigned NumProtocols,
   6828                                SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
   6829 
   6830   /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
   6831   /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
   6832   /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
   6833   void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
   6834                                    SourceLocation Loc,
   6835                                    unsigned &Attributes,
   6836                                    bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
   6837 
   6838   /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
   6839   /// setters and getters as needed.
   6840   /// \param property The property declaration being processed
   6841   /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
   6842   /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
   6843   ///        in class extension.
   6844   /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
   6845   void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
   6846                            ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
   6847                            ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = nullptr,
   6848                            ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = nullptr);
   6849 
   6850 
   6851   void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
   6852                                 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
   6853                                 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
   6854                                 bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
   6855 
   6856   void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
   6857                                         ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
   6858 
   6859   Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
   6860                    ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
   6861                    ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
   6862 
   6863   Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
   6864                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   6865                       FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
   6866                       Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
   6867                       bool *OverridingProperty,
   6868                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
   6869                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
   6870 
   6871   Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
   6872                               SourceLocation AtLoc,
   6873                               SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
   6874                               bool ImplKind,
   6875                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
   6876                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
   6877                               SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
   6878 
   6879   enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
   6880     OSMK_None,
   6881     OSMK_Alloc,
   6882     OSMK_New,
   6883     OSMK_Copy,
   6884     OSMK_RetainingInit,
   6885     OSMK_NonRetainingInit
   6886   };
   6887 
   6888   struct ObjCArgInfo {
   6889     IdentifierInfo *Name;
   6890     SourceLocation NameLoc;
   6891     // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
   6892     // in this case.
   6893     ParsedType Type;
   6894     ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
   6895 
   6896     /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
   6897     AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
   6898   };
   6899 
   6900   Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
   6901     Scope *S,
   6902     SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
   6903     SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
   6904     tok::TokenKind MethodType,
   6905     ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
   6906     ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
   6907     // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
   6908     // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
   6909     ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
   6910     DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
   6911     AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
   6912     bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
   6913 
   6914   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
   6915                                               const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
   6916                                               bool IsInstance);
   6917   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
   6918                                            bool IsInstance);
   6919 
   6920   bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
   6921   bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
   6922 
   6923   ExprResult
   6924   HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
   6925                             Expr *BaseExpr,
   6926                             SourceLocation OpLoc,
   6927                             DeclarationName MemberName,
   6928                             SourceLocation MemberLoc,
   6929                             SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
   6930                             bool Super);
   6931 
   6932   ExprResult
   6933   ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
   6934                             IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
   6935                             SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
   6936                             SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
   6937 
   6938   ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
   6939 
   6940   /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
   6941   /// send that starts with an identifier.
   6942   enum ObjCMessageKind {
   6943     /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
   6944     ObjCSuperMessage,
   6945     /// \brief The message is an instance message.
   6946     ObjCInstanceMessage,
   6947     /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
   6948     /// name.
   6949     ObjCClassMessage
   6950   };
   6951 
   6952   ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
   6953                                      IdentifierInfo *Name,
   6954                                      SourceLocation NameLoc,
   6955                                      bool IsSuper,
   6956                                      bool HasTrailingDot,
   6957                                      ParsedType &ReceiverType);
   6958 
   6959   ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
   6960                                Selector Sel,
   6961                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
   6962                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
   6963                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
   6964                                MultiExprArg Args);
   6965 
   6966   ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
   6967                                QualType ReceiverType,
   6968                                SourceLocation SuperLoc,
   6969                                Selector Sel,
   6970                                ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   6971                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
   6972                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
   6973                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
   6974                                MultiExprArg Args,
   6975                                bool isImplicit = false);
   6976 
   6977   ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
   6978                                        bool isSuperReceiver,
   6979                                        SourceLocation Loc,
   6980                                        Selector Sel,
   6981                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   6982                                        MultiExprArg Args);
   6983 
   6984   ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
   6985                                ParsedType Receiver,
   6986                                Selector Sel,
   6987                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
   6988                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
   6989                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
   6990                                MultiExprArg Args);
   6991 
   6992   ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
   6993                                   QualType ReceiverType,
   6994                                   SourceLocation SuperLoc,
   6995                                   Selector Sel,
   6996                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   6997                                   SourceLocation LBracLoc,
   6998                                   ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
   6999                                   SourceLocation RBracLoc,
   7000                                   MultiExprArg Args,
   7001                                   bool isImplicit = false);
   7002 
   7003   ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
   7004                                           QualType ReceiverType,
   7005                                           SourceLocation Loc,
   7006                                           Selector Sel,
   7007                                           ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   7008                                           MultiExprArg Args);
   7009 
   7010   ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
   7011                                   Expr *Receiver,
   7012                                   Selector Sel,
   7013                                   SourceLocation LBracLoc,
   7014                                   ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
   7015                                   SourceLocation RBracLoc,
   7016                                   MultiExprArg Args);
   7017 
   7018   ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7019                                   ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
   7020                                   SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
   7021                                   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
   7022                                   Expr *SubExpr);
   7023 
   7024   ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
   7025                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7026                                   ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
   7027                                   SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
   7028                                   ParsedType Type,
   7029                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   7030                                   Expr *SubExpr);
   7031 
   7032   void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
   7033 
   7034   void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
   7035 
   7036   bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
   7037                                      CastKind &Kind);
   7038 
   7039   bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc,
   7040                                         QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
   7041                                         ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass,
   7042                                         ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod,
   7043                                         ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod,
   7044                                         TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl,
   7045                                         bool CfToNs);
   7046 
   7047   bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc,
   7048                                          QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
   7049                                          Expr *&SrcExpr);
   7050 
   7051   bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr);
   7052 
   7053   bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
   7054 
   7055   /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
   7056   /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
   7057   void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
   7058                                const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
   7059 
   7060   /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
   7061   enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
   7062     RTC_Compatible,
   7063     RTC_Incompatible,
   7064     RTC_Unknown
   7065   };
   7066 
   7067   void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
   7068                                 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
   7069                                 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
   7070 
   7071   enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
   7072     POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
   7073     POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
   7074     POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
   7075     POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
   7076     POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
   7077     POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
   7078   };
   7079 
   7080   /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
   7081   void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
   7082                                SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
   7083 
   7084   enum PragmaPackKind {
   7085     PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
   7086     PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
   7087     PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
   7088     PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
   7089   };
   7090 
   7091   enum PragmaMSStructKind {
   7092     PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
   7093     PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
   7094   };
   7095 
   7096   enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
   7097     PCK_Unknown,
   7098     PCK_Linker,   // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
   7099     PCK_Lib,      // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
   7100     PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
   7101     PCK_ExeStr,   // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
   7102     PCK_User      // #pragma comment(user, ...)
   7103   };
   7104 
   7105   /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
   7106   void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
   7107                        IdentifierInfo *Name,
   7108                        Expr *Alignment,
   7109                        SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
   7110                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7111                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   7112 
   7113   /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
   7114   void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
   7115 
   7116   /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
   7117   /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
   7118   void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
   7119 
   7120   /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma
   7121   /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose
   7122   /// representation]).
   7123   void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers(
   7124       LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind,
   7125       SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
   7126 
   7127   /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp().
   7128   void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaVtorDispKind Kind, SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
   7129                              MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value);
   7130 
   7131   enum PragmaSectionKind {
   7132     PSK_DataSeg,
   7133     PSK_BSSSeg,
   7134     PSK_ConstSeg,
   7135     PSK_CodeSeg,
   7136   };
   7137 
   7138   enum PragmaSectionFlag : unsigned {
   7139     PSF_None = 0,
   7140     PSF_Read = 0x1,
   7141     PSF_Write = 0x2,
   7142     PSF_Execute = 0x4,
   7143     PSF_Implicit = 0x8,
   7144     PSF_Invalid = 0x80000000U,
   7145   };
   7146 
   7147   struct SectionInfo {
   7148     DeclaratorDecl *Decl;
   7149     SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation;
   7150     int SectionFlags;
   7151     SectionInfo() {}
   7152     SectionInfo(DeclaratorDecl *Decl,
   7153                 SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation,
   7154                 int SectionFlags)
   7155       : Decl(Decl),
   7156         PragmaSectionLocation(PragmaSectionLocation),
   7157         SectionFlags(SectionFlags) {}
   7158   };
   7159 
   7160   llvm::StringMap<SectionInfo> SectionInfos;
   7161   bool UnifySection(const StringRef &SectionName,
   7162                     int SectionFlags,
   7163                     DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl);
   7164   bool UnifySection(const StringRef &SectionName,
   7165                     int SectionFlags,
   7166                     SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation);
   7167 
   7168   /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg.
   7169   void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
   7170                         PragmaMsStackAction Action,
   7171                         llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
   7172                         StringLiteral *SegmentName,
   7173                         llvm::StringRef PragmaName);
   7174 
   7175   /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section().
   7176   void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
   7177                             int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName);
   7178 
   7179   /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
   7180   void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value);
   7181 
   7182   /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
   7183   void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
   7184                          Scope *curScope,
   7185                          SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
   7186 
   7187   /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
   7188   void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
   7189                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
   7190 
   7191   NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
   7192                                  SourceLocation Loc);
   7193   void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
   7194 
   7195   /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
   7196   void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
   7197                          SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
   7198                          SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
   7199 
   7200   /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
   7201   /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
   7202   void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
   7203                                   IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
   7204                                   SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
   7205                                   SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
   7206                                   SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
   7207 
   7208   /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
   7209   void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
   7210                             IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
   7211                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
   7212                             SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
   7213                             SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
   7214 
   7215   /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
   7216   /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
   7217   void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
   7218 
   7219   /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
   7220   /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
   7221   void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
   7222 
   7223   /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
   7224   void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
   7225 
   7226   /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
   7227   void FreePackedContext();
   7228 
   7229   /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
   7230   /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
   7231   void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
   7232                                    SourceLocation Loc);
   7233 
   7234   /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
   7235   /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
   7236   void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
   7237 
   7238   /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
   7239   /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
   7240   void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7241 
   7242   /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
   7243   void FreeVisContext();
   7244 
   7245   /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
   7246   /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
   7247   /// the appropriate attribute.
   7248   void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
   7249 
   7250   /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize.
   7251   void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
   7252 
   7253   /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize
   7254   /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on".
   7255   SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const {
   7256     return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
   7257   }
   7258 
   7259   /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
   7260   /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function
   7261   /// with attribute optnone.
   7262   void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD);
   7263 
   7264   /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there
   7265   /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone'
   7266   /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma).
   7267   void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc);
   7268 
   7269   /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
   7270   void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
   7271                       unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
   7272   void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
   7273                       unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
   7274 
   7275   // OpenMP directives and clauses.
   7276 private:
   7277   void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
   7278   /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
   7279   void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
   7280   void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
   7281   ExprResult VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op,
   7282                                                    OpenMPClauseKind CKind);
   7283 public:
   7284   ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   7285                                                     Expr *Op);
   7286   /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
   7287   void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
   7288                            const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope,
   7289                            SourceLocation Loc);
   7290   /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
   7291   void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
   7292 
   7293   // OpenMP directives and clauses.
   7294   /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
   7295   /// threadprivate'.
   7296   ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
   7297                                      CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
   7298                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
   7299   /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
   7300   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
   7301                                      SourceLocation Loc,
   7302                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
   7303   // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
   7304   OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
   7305                                      SourceLocation Loc,
   7306                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
   7307 
   7308   // brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region.
   7309   void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope);
   7310   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind,
   7311                                             ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
   7312                                             Stmt *AStmt,
   7313                                             SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7314                                             SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7315   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
   7316   /// of the  associated statement.
   7317   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
   7318                                           Stmt *AStmt,
   7319                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7320                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7321   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing
   7322   /// of the associated statement.
   7323   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(
   7324       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7325       SourceLocation EndLoc,
   7326       llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
   7327   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing
   7328   /// of the associated statement.
   7329   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForDirective(
   7330       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7331       SourceLocation EndLoc,
   7332       llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
   7333   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing
   7334   /// of the associated statement.
   7335   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
   7336                                           Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7337                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7338   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the
   7339   /// associated statement.
   7340   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7341                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7342   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the
   7343   /// associated statement.
   7344   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
   7345                                         Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7346                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7347   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing
   7348   /// of the  associated statement.
   7349   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective(
   7350       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7351       SourceLocation EndLoc,
   7352       llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
   7353   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after
   7354   /// parsing of the  associated statement.
   7355   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
   7356                                                   Stmt *AStmt,
   7357                                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7358                                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7359 
   7360   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
   7361                                          Expr *Expr,
   7362                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7363                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7364                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7365   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause.
   7366   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7367                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7368                                  SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7369   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause.
   7370   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads,
   7371                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7372                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7373                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7374   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause.
   7375   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length,
   7376                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7377                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7378                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7379   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause.
   7380   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops,
   7381                                        SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7382                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7383                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7384 
   7385   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
   7386                                      unsigned Argument,
   7387                                      SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
   7388                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7389                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7390                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7391   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
   7392   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
   7393                                       SourceLocation KindLoc,
   7394                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7395                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7396                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7397   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause.
   7398   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind,
   7399                                        SourceLocation KindLoc,
   7400                                        SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7401                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7402                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7403 
   7404   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
   7405                                                 unsigned Argument, Expr *Expr,
   7406                                                 SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7407                                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7408                                                 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
   7409                                                 SourceLocation CommaLoc,
   7410                                                 SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7411   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause.
   7412   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause(OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind,
   7413                                        Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7414                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7415                                        SourceLocation KindLoc,
   7416                                        SourceLocation CommaLoc,
   7417                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7418 
   7419   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7420                                SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7421   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause.
   7422   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7423                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7424   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause.
   7425   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7426                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7427 
   7428   OMPClause *
   7429   ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars,
   7430                            Expr *TailExpr, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7431                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   7432                            SourceLocation EndLoc,
   7433                            CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
   7434                            const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId);
   7435   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
   7436   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
   7437                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7438                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7439                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7440   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
   7441   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
   7442                                            SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7443                                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7444                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7445   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause.
   7446   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
   7447                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7448                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7449                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7450   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
   7451   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
   7452                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7453                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7454                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7455   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause.
   7456   OMPClause *
   7457   ActOnOpenMPReductionClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7458                              SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   7459                              SourceLocation EndLoc,
   7460                              CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
   7461                              const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId);
   7462   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause.
   7463   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
   7464                                      Expr *Step,
   7465                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7466                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7467                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   7468                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7469   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause.
   7470   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
   7471                                       Expr *Alignment,
   7472                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7473                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7474                                       SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   7475                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7476   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause.
   7477   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
   7478                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7479                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7480                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7481   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause.
   7482   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
   7483                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7484                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7485                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7486 
   7487   /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
   7488   enum CheckedConversionKind {
   7489     /// \brief An implicit conversion.
   7490     CCK_ImplicitConversion,
   7491     /// \brief A C-style cast.
   7492     CCK_CStyleCast,
   7493     /// \brief A functional-style cast.
   7494     CCK_FunctionalCast,
   7495     /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
   7496     CCK_OtherCast
   7497   };
   7498 
   7499   /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
   7500   /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
   7501   /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
   7502   ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
   7503                                ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
   7504                                const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
   7505                                CheckedConversionKind CCK
   7506                                   = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
   7507 
   7508   /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
   7509   /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
   7510   static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
   7511 
   7512   /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
   7513   /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
   7514   /// required.
   7515   ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
   7516 
   7517   // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
   7518   // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
   7519   ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
   7520 
   7521   /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
   7522   /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
   7523   ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
   7524 
   7525   // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
   7526   // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
   7527   ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
   7528 
   7529   // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
   7530   // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
   7531   // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
   7532   ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
   7533 
   7534   // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
   7535   // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
   7536   // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
   7537   // type.
   7538   ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
   7539 
   7540   // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
   7541   // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
   7542   // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
   7543   ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
   7544 
   7545   // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
   7546   enum VariadicCallType {
   7547     VariadicFunction,
   7548     VariadicBlock,
   7549     VariadicMethod,
   7550     VariadicConstructor,
   7551     VariadicDoesNotApply
   7552   };
   7553 
   7554   VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
   7555                                        const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
   7556                                        Expr *Fn);
   7557 
   7558   // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
   7559   // vararg function.
   7560   enum VarArgKind {
   7561     VAK_Valid,
   7562     VAK_ValidInCXX11,
   7563     VAK_Undefined,
   7564     VAK_Invalid
   7565   };
   7566 
   7567   // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
   7568   VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
   7569 
   7570   /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
   7571   /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
   7572   void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
   7573 
   7574   /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it.
   7575   bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E);
   7576 
   7577   /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
   7578   /// form of call prototypes.
   7579   bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
   7580                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
   7581                               unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   7582                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
   7583                               VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
   7584                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
   7585                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
   7586 
   7587   // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
   7588   // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
   7589   ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
   7590                                               FunctionDecl *FDecl);
   7591 
   7592   // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
   7593   // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
   7594   // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
   7595   // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
   7596   // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
   7597   QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   7598                                       bool IsCompAssign = false);
   7599 
   7600   /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
   7601   /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
   7602   /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
   7603   /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
   7604   /// source and destination type.
   7605   enum AssignConvertType {
   7606     /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
   7607     Compatible,
   7608 
   7609     /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
   7610     /// accept as an extension.
   7611     PointerToInt,
   7612 
   7613     /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
   7614     /// accept as an extension.
   7615     IntToPointer,
   7616 
   7617     /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
   7618     /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
   7619     FunctionVoidPointer,
   7620 
   7621     /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
   7622     /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
   7623     IncompatiblePointer,
   7624 
   7625     /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
   7626     /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
   7627     /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
   7628     /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
   7629     IncompatiblePointerSign,
   7630 
   7631     /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
   7632     /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
   7633     CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
   7634 
   7635     /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
   7636     /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
   7637     /// like address spaces.
   7638     IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
   7639 
   7640     /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
   7641     /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
   7642     /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
   7643     /// extension.
   7644     IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
   7645 
   7646     /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
   7647     /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
   7648     IncompatibleVectors,
   7649 
   7650     /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
   7651     /// pointer. We disallow this.
   7652     IntToBlockPointer,
   7653 
   7654     /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
   7655     /// pointers types that are not compatible.
   7656     IncompatibleBlockPointer,
   7657 
   7658     /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
   7659     /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
   7660     /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
   7661     IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
   7662 
   7663     /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
   7664     /// object with __weak qualifier.
   7665     IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
   7666 
   7667     /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
   7668     /// represent it in the AST.
   7669     Incompatible
   7670   };
   7671 
   7672   /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
   7673   /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
   7674   /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
   7675   bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
   7676                                 SourceLocation Loc,
   7677                                 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
   7678                                 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
   7679                                 bool *Complained = nullptr);
   7680 
   7681   /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
   7682   /// integer not in the range of enum values.
   7683   void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
   7684                               Expr *SrcExpr);
   7685 
   7686   /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
   7687   /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
   7688   /// C99 6.5.16.
   7689   AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
   7690                                                QualType LHSType,
   7691                                                QualType RHSType);
   7692 
   7693   /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
   7694   /// RHS to the LHS type.
   7695   AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
   7696                                                ExprResult &RHS,
   7697                                                CastKind &Kind);
   7698 
   7699   // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
   7700   // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
   7701   // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
   7702   AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
   7703                                                      ExprResult &RHS,
   7704                                                      bool Diagnose = true,
   7705                                                      bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false);
   7706 
   7707   // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
   7708   // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
   7709   AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
   7710                                                              ExprResult &RHS);
   7711 
   7712   bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
   7713 
   7714   bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
   7715 
   7716   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   7717                                        AssignmentAction Action,
   7718                                        bool AllowExplicit = false);
   7719   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   7720                                        AssignmentAction Action,
   7721                                        bool AllowExplicit,
   7722                                        ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
   7723   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   7724                                        const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
   7725                                        AssignmentAction Action,
   7726                                        CheckedConversionKind CCK
   7727                                           = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
   7728   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   7729                                        const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
   7730                                        AssignmentAction Action,
   7731                                        CheckedConversionKind CCK);
   7732 
   7733   /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
   7734   /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
   7735 
   7736   /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
   7737   QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
   7738                            ExprResult &RHS);
   7739   QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
   7740     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
   7741     SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
   7742   QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
   7743     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
   7744     bool IsDivide);
   7745   QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
   7746     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
   7747     bool IsCompAssign = false);
   7748   QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
   7749     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
   7750     QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
   7751   QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
   7752     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
   7753     QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
   7754   QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
   7755     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
   7756     bool IsCompAssign = false);
   7757   QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
   7758     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
   7759                                 bool isRelational);
   7760   QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
   7761     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
   7762     bool IsCompAssign = false);
   7763   QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
   7764     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
   7765   // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
   7766   // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
   7767   // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
   7768   QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
   7769     Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
   7770 
   7771   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   7772                                      UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
   7773   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   7774                                          BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
   7775                                          Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
   7776   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
   7777   Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
   7778 
   7779   QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
   7780     ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   7781     ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
   7782   QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
   7783     ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
   7784     ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
   7785   QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
   7786                                     bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr);
   7787   QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
   7788                                     ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
   7789                                     bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr) {
   7790     Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get();
   7791     QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
   7792                                                   NonStandardCompositeType);
   7793     E1 = E1Tmp;
   7794     E2 = E2Tmp;
   7795     return Composite;
   7796   }
   7797 
   7798   QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   7799                                         SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
   7800 
   7801   bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
   7802                                   SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
   7803 
   7804   void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
   7805                                     Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType,
   7806                                     bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range);
   7807 
   7808   /// type checking for vector binary operators.
   7809   QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   7810                                SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
   7811   QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
   7812   QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   7813                                       SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
   7814   QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   7815                                       SourceLocation Loc);
   7816 
   7817   bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
   7818 
   7819   /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
   7820   bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
   7821 
   7822   // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
   7823 
   7824   /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
   7825   /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
   7826   /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
   7827   enum ReferenceCompareResult {
   7828     /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
   7829     /// reference binding is not possible.
   7830     Ref_Incompatible = 0,
   7831     /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
   7832     /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
   7833     /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
   7834     Ref_Related,
   7835     /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
   7836     /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
   7837     /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
   7838     /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
   7839     Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
   7840     /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
   7841     /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
   7842     Ref_Compatible
   7843   };
   7844 
   7845   ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
   7846                                                       QualType T1, QualType T2,
   7847                                                       bool &DerivedToBase,
   7848                                                       bool &ObjCConversion,
   7849                                                 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
   7850 
   7851   ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
   7852                                  Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
   7853                                  ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
   7854 
   7855   /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
   7856   /// given type.
   7857   ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
   7858 
   7859   /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
   7860   /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
   7861   ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
   7862                                 Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
   7863 
   7864   // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
   7865   // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
   7866   // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
   7867   // returns true if the cast is invalid
   7868   bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
   7869                        CastKind &Kind);
   7870 
   7871   // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
   7872   // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
   7873   // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
   7874   // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
   7875   // returns the cast expr
   7876   ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
   7877                                 CastKind &Kind);
   7878 
   7879   ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   7880                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7881                                         Expr *CastExpr,
   7882                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   7883 
   7884   enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
   7885 
   7886   /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
   7887   /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
   7888   ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
   7889                                              QualType castType, Expr *&op,
   7890                                              CheckedConversionKind CCK,
   7891                                              bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
   7892                                              BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD
   7893                                              );
   7894 
   7895   Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
   7896   void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
   7897 
   7898   bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
   7899                                              QualType ExprType);
   7900 
   7901   /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
   7902   /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
   7903   void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
   7904   void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
   7905   void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
   7906 
   7907   /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
   7908   /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
   7909   bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
   7910 
   7911   /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
   7912   /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
   7913   void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
   7914 
   7915   /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
   7916   /// \param Method - May be null.
   7917   /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
   7918   /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
   7919   bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
   7920                                  MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
   7921                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
   7922                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
   7923                                  bool isSuperMessage,
   7924                                  SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
   7925                                  QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
   7926 
   7927   /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
   7928   /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
   7929   /// and the form of the message send.
   7930   QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
   7931                                     ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   7932                                     bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
   7933 
   7934   /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
   7935   /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
   7936   void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
   7937 
   7938   /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
   7939   /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
   7940   /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
   7941   void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
   7942 
   7943   /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
   7944   /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
   7945   /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
   7946   /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
   7947   ///
   7948   /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
   7949   /// 'if' keyword.
   7950   /// \return true iff there were any errors
   7951   ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
   7952 
   7953   ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
   7954                                    Expr *SubExpr);
   7955 
   7956   /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
   7957   /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
   7958   void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
   7959 
   7960   /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
   7961   /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
   7962   void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
   7963 
   7964   /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
   7965   ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
   7966 
   7967   /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
   7968   /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
   7969   /// the specified diagnostic.
   7970   void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
   7971                                           unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
   7972                                           SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
   7973 
   7974   /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
   7975   /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
   7976   /// in the global scope.
   7977   bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
   7978 
   7979   /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
   7980   /// expression violations.
   7981   class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
   7982   public:
   7983     bool Suppress;
   7984 
   7985     VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
   7986 
   7987     virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
   7988     virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
   7989     virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
   7990   };
   7991 
   7992   /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
   7993   /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
   7994   /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
   7995   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
   7996                                              VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
   7997                                              bool AllowFold = true);
   7998   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
   7999                                              unsigned DiagID,
   8000                                              bool AllowFold = true);
   8001   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
   8002                                              llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr);
   8003 
   8004   /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
   8005   /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
   8006   /// Returns false on success.
   8007   /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
   8008   ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
   8009                             QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
   8010                             Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr);
   8011 
   8012   enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
   8013     CFT_Device,
   8014     CFT_Global,
   8015     CFT_Host,
   8016     CFT_HostDevice
   8017   };
   8018 
   8019   CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
   8020 
   8021   bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
   8022                        CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
   8023 
   8024   bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
   8025     return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
   8026                            IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
   8027   }
   8028 
   8029   /// \name Code completion
   8030   //@{
   8031   /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
   8032   enum ParserCompletionContext {
   8033     /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
   8034     PCC_Namespace,
   8035     /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
   8036     PCC_Class,
   8037     /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
   8038     /// or category.
   8039     PCC_ObjCInterface,
   8040     /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
   8041     /// category implementation
   8042     PCC_ObjCImplementation,
   8043     /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
   8044     /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
   8045     PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
   8046     /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
   8047     /// headers.
   8048     PCC_Template,
   8049     /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
   8050     /// headers within a class.
   8051     PCC_MemberTemplate,
   8052     /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
   8053     PCC_Expression,
   8054     /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
   8055     /// also be an expression or a declaration.
   8056     PCC_Statement,
   8057     /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
   8058     /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
   8059     PCC_ForInit,
   8060     /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
   8061     /// while, switch, or for statement.
   8062     PCC_Condition,
   8063     /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
   8064     /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
   8065     /// in the grammar.
   8066     PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
   8067     /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
   8068     PCC_Type,
   8069     /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
   8070     /// might also be a type cast.
   8071     PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
   8072     /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
   8073     /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
   8074     PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
   8075   };
   8076 
   8077   void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
   8078   void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
   8079                                 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
   8080   void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
   8081                             bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
   8082                             bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
   8083 
   8084   struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
   8085   void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
   8086                               const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
   8087   void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
   8088                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
   8089                                        bool IsArrow);
   8090   void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
   8091   void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
   8092   void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
   8093   void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
   8094   void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
   8095   void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
   8096   void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
   8097   void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
   8098   void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
   8099 
   8100   void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   8101                                bool EnteringContext);
   8102   void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
   8103   void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
   8104   void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
   8105   void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
   8106   void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
   8107   void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
   8108                                 Decl *Constructor,
   8109                                 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
   8110 
   8111   void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
   8112                                     bool AfterAmpersand);
   8113 
   8114   void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
   8115   void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
   8116   void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
   8117   void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
   8118   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
   8119   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
   8120   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
   8121   void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
   8122                                    bool IsParameter);
   8123   void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
   8124   void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
   8125                                     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
   8126                                     bool AtArgumentExpression);
   8127   void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
   8128                                     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
   8129                                     bool AtArgumentExpression,
   8130                                     bool IsSuper = false);
   8131   void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
   8132                                        ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
   8133                                        bool AtArgumentExpression,
   8134                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr);
   8135   void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
   8136                                      DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
   8137   void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
   8138                                 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
   8139   void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
   8140                                           unsigned NumProtocols);
   8141   void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
   8142   void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
   8143   void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
   8144                                   IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   8145                                   SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
   8146   void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
   8147   void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
   8148                                          IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   8149                                          SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
   8150   void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
   8151                                               IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   8152                                               SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
   8153   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
   8154   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
   8155                                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
   8156   void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
   8157                                   bool IsInstanceMethod,
   8158                                   ParsedType ReturnType);
   8159   void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
   8160                                           bool IsInstanceMethod,
   8161                                           bool AtParameterName,
   8162                                           ParsedType ReturnType,
   8163                                           ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
   8164   void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
   8165   void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
   8166   void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
   8167   void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
   8168   void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
   8169                                              IdentifierInfo *Macro,
   8170                                              MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
   8171                                              unsigned Argument);
   8172   void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
   8173   void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
   8174                                    CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
   8175                   SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
   8176   //@}
   8177 
   8178   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   8179   // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
   8180 
   8181 public:
   8182   SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
   8183                                                 unsigned ByteNo) const;
   8184 
   8185 private:
   8186   void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
   8187                         const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr,
   8188                         bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
   8189   void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
   8190   // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
   8191   // FunctionDeclaration.
   8192   struct FormatStringInfo {
   8193     unsigned FormatIdx;
   8194     unsigned FirstDataArg;
   8195     bool HasVAListArg;
   8196   };
   8197 
   8198   bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
   8199                            FormatStringInfo *FSI);
   8200   bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
   8201                          const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
   8202   bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
   8203                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
   8204   bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
   8205                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
   8206   bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
   8207   void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
   8208                             ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
   8209                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
   8210                             SourceLocation Loc);
   8211 
   8212   void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
   8213                  unsigned NumParams, bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc,
   8214                  SourceRange Range, VariadicCallType CallType);
   8215 
   8216   bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
   8217 
   8218   ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
   8219 
   8220   bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
   8221                                     unsigned MaxWidth);
   8222   bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
   8223   bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
   8224 
   8225   bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
   8226   bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
   8227   bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
   8228 
   8229   bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
   8230   bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
   8231   bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
   8232 
   8233 public:
   8234   // Used by C++ template instantiation.
   8235   ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
   8236   ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   8237                                    SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
   8238                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   8239 
   8240 private:
   8241   bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
   8242   bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
   8243   ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
   8244   ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
   8245                                      AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
   8246   bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
   8247                               llvm::APSInt &Result);
   8248   bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
   8249                                    int Low, int High);
   8250 
   8251 public:
   8252   enum FormatStringType {
   8253     FST_Scanf,
   8254     FST_Printf,
   8255     FST_NSString,
   8256     FST_Strftime,
   8257     FST_Strfmon,
   8258     FST_Kprintf,
   8259     FST_Unknown
   8260   };
   8261   static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
   8262 
   8263   void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
   8264                          ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
   8265                          unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
   8266                          FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
   8267                          VariadicCallType CallType,
   8268                          llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
   8269 
   8270 private:
   8271   bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
   8272                             ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
   8273                             bool IsCXXMember,
   8274                             VariadicCallType CallType,
   8275                             SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
   8276                             llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
   8277   bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
   8278                             bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
   8279                             unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
   8280                             VariadicCallType CallType,
   8281                             SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
   8282                             llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
   8283 
   8284   void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
   8285                                   const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
   8286                                   IdentifierInfo *FnInfo);
   8287 
   8288   void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
   8289                                unsigned BId,
   8290                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
   8291 
   8292   void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
   8293                                 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
   8294 
   8295   void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
   8296                              IdentifierInfo *FnName);
   8297 
   8298   void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
   8299                           SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
   8300                           bool isObjCMethod = false,
   8301                           const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr,
   8302                           const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
   8303 
   8304   void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
   8305   void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
   8306   void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
   8307   void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
   8308 
   8309   /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
   8310   /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
   8311   void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
   8312                           bool IsConstexpr = false);
   8313 
   8314   void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
   8315                                    Expr *Init);
   8316 
   8317   /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue'
   8318   /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC.
   8319   void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E);
   8320 
   8321 public:
   8322   /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
   8323   void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
   8324                                   uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
   8325                                   bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
   8326 
   8327   struct TypeTagData {
   8328     TypeTagData() {}
   8329 
   8330     TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
   8331         Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
   8332         MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
   8333     {}
   8334 
   8335     QualType Type;
   8336 
   8337     /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
   8338     /// layout-compatibility.
   8339     unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
   8340     unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
   8341   };
   8342 
   8343   /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
   8344   /// identifies the magic value.
   8345   typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
   8346 
   8347 private:
   8348   /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
   8349   std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>>
   8350       TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
   8351 
   8352   /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
   8353   /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
   8354   void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
   8355                                 const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
   8356 
   8357   /// \brief The parser's current scope.
   8358   ///
   8359   /// The parser maintains this state here.
   8360   Scope *CurScope;
   8361 
   8362   mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
   8363   mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
   8364 
   8365 protected:
   8366   friend class Parser;
   8367   friend class InitializationSequence;
   8368   friend class ASTReader;
   8369   friend class ASTWriter;
   8370 
   8371 public:
   8372   /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
   8373   ///
   8374   /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
   8375   /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
   8376   /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
   8377   /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
   8378   /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
   8379   /// template substitution or instantiation.
   8380   Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
   8381 
   8382   void incrementMSLocalManglingNumber() const {
   8383     return CurScope->incrementMSLocalManglingNumber();
   8384   }
   8385 
   8386   IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
   8387   IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
   8388 
   8389   Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
   8390 
   8391   DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
   8392     return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
   8393   }
   8394 
   8395   AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
   8396 
   8397   const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
   8398     const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
   8399     // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
   8400     if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
   8401       DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
   8402     return DC;
   8403   }
   8404 };
   8405 
   8406 /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
   8407 class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
   8408   Sema &Actions;
   8409 
   8410 public:
   8411   EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
   8412                                    Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
   8413                                    Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
   8414                                    bool IsDecltype = false)
   8415     : Actions(Actions) {
   8416     Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
   8417                                             IsDecltype);
   8418   }
   8419   EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
   8420                                    Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
   8421                                    Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
   8422                                    bool IsDecltype = false)
   8423     : Actions(Actions) {
   8424     Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
   8425                                             Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
   8426                                             IsDecltype);
   8427   }
   8428 
   8429   ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
   8430     Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
   8431   }
   8432 };
   8433 
   8434 DeductionFailureInfo
   8435 MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
   8436                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
   8437 
   8438 /// \brief Contains a late templated function.
   8439 /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
   8440 struct LateParsedTemplate {
   8441   CachedTokens Toks;
   8442   /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
   8443   Decl *D;
   8444 };
   8445 
   8446 } // end namespace clang
   8447 
   8448 #endif
   8449